LBP 7110 CW

Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.
com Manuals 㻝㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Before You Start 8
Legal Notices 9
Legal Limitations on the Usage of Your Product and the Use of Images 11
Using the e-Manual 12
How to Use the e-Manual 13
Operating Environment 14
Installing the e-Manual 15
Uninstalling the e-Manual 19
Screen Layout of the e-Manual 22
Top Page 23
Topic Page 25
Site Map 26
Search Method 27
Viewing the e-Manual 28
Disclaimers 30
Copyright 31
Trademarks 32
Important Safety Instructions 33
Important Safety Instructions 34
Installation 35
Power Supply 36
Handling 37
Maintenance and Inspections 39
Consumables 41
Wireless LAN Regulatory Information (LBP7110Cw Only) 42
About This Printer 46
Printer Specifications 47
System Requirements for Printing 50
Names and Dimensions of Each Part 51
Control Panel 53
Printer Status Window 56
Introduction of the Utilities 59
Energy-saving Mode 60
Sleep Mode 61
Auto Shutdown 62
Cautions for Handling the Printer 63
Consumables 64
Checking the Consumables Status 65
Maintenance 66
Toner Cartridge Replacement 67
Attention (Toner Cartridge) 69
Replacing the Toner Cartridge 71
Storing Toner Cartridges 75
Moving the Printer 76
Cleaning the Printer 78
Adjusting Colors and Correcting Color Mismatches (Calibration/Color Mismatch Correction) 79
Adjusting Color (Calibration) 80
Correcting Color Mismatches (Color Mismatch Correction) 82
Auto Image Quality Adjustment Settings 84
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠
Cleaning the Inside of the Printer 86
Cleaning the Fixing Roller of the Printer 87
Cleaning the Transfer Belt of the Printer 89
Cleaning the Outside of the Printer 90
Attention (Cleaning) 92
Location of the Serial Number 93
Printer Installation 94
Attention (Printer Installation) 95
Confirming the Supplied Accessories and Checking the Installation Location 97
Removing the Packing Materials 99
Installing the Printer 103
Driver Installation 105
Installing the Printer Driver 106
Easy Installation 108
Connecting the Printer and Computer 114
Attention (Wired LAN Connection) 117
Attention (Wireless LAN Connection) (LBP7110Cw Only) 118
[Select Printers to Install] Screen 120
[Printer Information] Screen 122
After Installation 125
Uninstalling the Printer Driver 127
Basic Printer Operations 133
Usable Paper 134
Precautions for Paper 137
Printable Area 139
Paper Loading and Output 140
Loading Paper 141
Attention (Paper Loading) 144
Registering the Paper Size and Type 145
Basic Printing Procedure 147
Attention (Basic Printing) 151
How to Use Help 152
Canceling a Job 154
Canceling a Job Being Printed or Waiting to Be Printed from the Computer 155
Canceling a Print Job Being Printed Using the Cancel Job Key 157
Checking the Printer Status 158
Printing on Various Types of Paper 159
Printing on Plain Paper, Heavy Paper, or Index Card 160
Printing on Transparencies (Black and White Printing Only) 161
Printing on Labels 162
Printing on Envelopes 163
Printing on Coated Paper 165
Printing on Custom Size Paper 166
Registering a Custom Paper Size 167
Paper Loading Orientation 169
Useful Printing Functions 170
Displaying the Setting Screen 171
Scaling Print Output 173
Layout Printing (N-page Print) 175
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻟㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

Printing an Image Larger than A4 (Poster Printing) 177
Adding a Watermark to a Document to Be Printed (Watermark Printing) 179
Adding, Editing, or Deleting a Watermark 181
Printing Borders, the Printing Date, and so on 184
Printing a Color Document in Black and White 186
Combining Data before Printing 188
Changing the Output Method According to the Print Data or Number of Copies 192
Printing with a Gutter 193
Selecting the Paper Output Method 195
Printing with the Page 180 Degrees Rotated 197
Adjusting the Image Quality or Colors 199
Performing Printing Appropriate for Particular Print Data 200
Adjusting the Toner Density 201
Adjusting the Toner Density of Each Color for Each Density Range 203
Printing with Brightness and Contrast Adjusted 205
Adjusting the Color 207
Matching the Color with the Screen 209
Registering the Printing Preferences 212
Changing the Default Values for Printing Preferences 213
Saving Frequently Used Printing Preferences (Adding/Editing/Deleting a "Profile") 215
Selecting a "Profile" 219
Configuring the Network Settings (Sharing the Printer) 220
Checking Your Printing Environment 221
If You Use the Printer by Direct Connection 222
Basic Network Settings 224
Switching Between Wireless LAN and Wired LAN for the Connection (LBP7110Cw Only) 225
Specifying the Connection Settings 226
Setting a Port and Installing the Printer Driver 227
Changing the Network Settings for the Printer 240
Configuring the Protocol Settings 241
Attention (Protocol Settings) 243
IPv4 Settings 245
IPv6 Settings 250
Other Protocol Settings 256
Specifying a Dedicated Port 264
Specifying the Waiting Time Until Connected to the Network 267
Specifying the Wired LAN Communication Mode and Transmission Speed 270
Checking the IP Address of the Printer 273
Checking the MAC Address of the Printer 274
Checking the Wireless LAN Information (LBP7110Cw Only) 275
Configuring and Changing the Port 278
Changing the Port Configuration 284
If You Use the Printer in the Print Server Environment 287
Configuring the Print Server 289
Checking the Settings of Your Network 294
Installation on Clients 296
Installing from the Printer Folder 297
Installing from [Windows Explorer] 304
Managing the Printer 305
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻠㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

Software That Can Be Used for Managing the Printer 306
Remote UI 307
Starting the Remote UI 308
Attention (Remote UI) 311
Screen Layout of the Remote UI 312
Displaying or Changing the Support Link 315
Changing the Display Language of the Remote UI 318
MF/LBP Network Setup Tool 320
Directly Starting the MF/LBP Network Setup Tool 322
Managing Print Jobs 324
Checking the Printer Settings 327
Printing the "User Data List" 329
Specifying the System Manager Information 330
Specifying the Device Name and Installation Location 333
Specifying the Time Zone and Daylight Saving Time Settings of the Printer 335
Initializing the System Settings 337
Initializing Using the Remote UI 338
Initializing Using the Reset Button 341
Security Settings 342
Restricting the Users Who Can Print and Specify Settings 343
Monitoring/Controlling Devices by SNMP (SNMP Settings) 354
Specifying Keys and Certificates/CA Certificates 360
Creating Keys and Certificates 361
Installing Keys and Certificates/CA Certificates 365
Checking Keys and Certificates/CA Certificates 373
Deleting Keys and Certificates/CA Certificates 379
Initializing Keys and Certificates/CA Certificates 383
Setting the SSL Encrypted Communication Function 385
Attention (SSL Encrypted Communication) 390
Setting IEEE 802.1X Authentication 391
Attention (IEEE 802.1X Authentication) 402
Troubleshooting 403
Printing Cannot Be Performed 404
Printing Cannot Be Performed (USB Connection) 405
Printing Cannot Be Performed (Wired LAN Connection) 408
Printing Cannot Be Performed (Wireless LAN Connection) (LBP7110Cw Only) 413
Printing Cannot Be Performed (via the Print Server) 418
The Print Server for Connection Cannot Be Found 421
The Shared Printer Cannot Be Accessed 422
The Printer Pauses during Printing, and then Printing Repeatedly Starts and Stops 423
You Cannot Turn the Printer ON 424
All the Indicators on the Network Interface Are Off 425
You Cannot Install the Printer Driver 426
The Printer Is Not Recognized Automatically 427
The Printer Cannot Be Searched for 428
You Cannot Uninstall the Printer Driver 430
Starting the Uninstaller from the CD-ROM 431
Uninstalling the USB Class Driver 434
The Printer Driver Settings Cannot Be Changed 437
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻡㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

"Profiles" Cannot Be Selected or Edited 439
Paper Jams 441
Attention (Paper Jams) 442
Clearing Paper Jams (Paper Drawer) 443
Clearing Paper Jams (Output Area) 445
Clearing Paper Jams (Inside the Rear Cover) 446
Indicators on the Printer Are On/Blinking 447
A Message Appears in the Printer Status Window 449
When <Service Error> Is Displayed 454
Poor Printout Results 456
Paper Curls 458
Paper Creases 460
White Streaks (Lines) Appear 462
Streaks (lines) Appear in Gradated Portions 463
Thin Lateral Streaks (Lateral Lines) Appear 464
Printing Is Uneven 465
Printed Pages Have White Specks 466
Colors Are Uneven or Not Printed Smoothly 467
The Toner Does Not Fix onto the Paper Well 469
The Printed Paper Has Smudge Marks 470
Smudge Marks of Spattering Toner Appear around the Text or Patterns 471
The Back of the Printed Paper Has Smudge Marks 472
The Overall Print Result Is Dark 473
Residual Images Appear on Non-printed Areas 474
White Dust Is Attached to the Printed Transparencies 475
The Overall Print Result Is Faint 476
Printing Is Faded 477
Colored Text Appears Blurred 478
Data Is Not Printed in the Correct Color (Specified Color) Due to Color Mismatches 479
Thin Lines or Fill Patterns Are Not Printed with the Specified Colors or Do Not Appear At All 481
Shaded Patterns Are Not Printed in the Correct Color (Specified Color) 482
Photographs and so on Are Printed in Different Colors from Those Displayed on the Monitor 483
Fill Patterns and Borders Are Not Printed in the Correct Color (Specified Color) Even When the
484
Same Color Is Specified for Them
Square Areas That Cannot Be Seen on the Display Appear around Lines or Text and Are Printed in
485
a Different Color from the Other Areas
Adjusting the Color and so on for Printing 486
The Printing Position Is Skewed 487
A Portion of the Page Is Not Printed (Printed Data Lies Outside Paper) 488
Data Is Reduced and Printed 490
The Next Page Is Printed from Halfway across the Previous Page 491
Blank Paper Is Output (Nothing Is Printed on the Paper) 492
The Overall Surface of the Paper Is Printed in a Particular Color 493
The Flap of the Printed Envelope Sticks 494
Multiple Sheets of Paper Are Fed at a Time 495
Printed Bar Codes Cannot Be Scanned 496
If You Cannot Solve a Problem 497
Appendix 498
Points to Make Full Use of the Printer 499
Basic Operations/Various Information for Windows 501
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻢㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠
For Windows 8/Server 2012 Users 512
For Macintosh Users 513
Office Locations 514
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻣㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-000
Before You Start
Legal Notices
Legal Limitations on the Usage of Your Product and the Use of Images
Using the e-Manual
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻤㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-001
Legal Notices
Product Name
Safety regulations require the product's name to be registered.
In some regions where this product is sold, the following name(s) in parentheses ( ) may be registered instead.
LBP7100Cn/LBP7110Cw (F163600)
EMC requirements of EC Directive

This equipment conforms with the essential EMC requirements of EC Directive. We declare that this product conforms with
the EMC requirements of EC Directive at nominal mains input 230 V, 50 Hz although the rated input of the product is 220
to 240 V, 50/60 Hz. Use of shielded cable is necessary to comply with the technical EMC requirements of EC Directive.
Laser Safety
This product is certified as a Class 1 laser product under IEC60825-1:2007 and EN60825-1:2007. This means that the
product does not produce hazardous laser radiation.
Since radiation emitted inside the product is completely confined within protective housings and external covers, the laser
beam cannot escape from the machine during any phase of user operation. Do not remove protective housings or external
covers, except as directed by the equipment's manuals.
The label shown below is attached to the laser scanner unit inside the machine.
CLASS 1 LASER PRODUCT

LASER KLASSE 1
APPAREIL À LASER DE CLASSE 1
APPARECCHIO LASER DI CLASSE 1
PRODUCTO LÁSER DE CLASE 1
APARELHO A LASER DE CLASSE 1
LUOKAN 1 LASER-TUOTE
LASERPRODUKT KLASS 1
CAUTION
Use of controls, adjustments, or performance of procedures other than those specified in this manual may result in
hazardous radiation exposure.
International ENERGY STAR Program
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻥㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

As an ENERGY STAR® Partner, Canon Inc. has determined that this product meets the ENERGY STAR
Program for energy efficiency.
The International ENERGY STAR Office Equipment Program is an international program that promotes
energy saving through the use of computers and other office equipment.
The program backs the development and dissemination of products with functions that effectively reduce
energy consumption. It is an open system in which business proprietors can participate voluntarily.
The targeted products are office equipment, such as computers, displays, printers, facsimiles, and
copiers. The standards and logos are uniform among participating nations.
WEEE Directive
Only for European Union and EEA (Norway, Iceland and Liechtenstein)
This symbol indicates that this product is not to be disposed of with your household waste, according
to the WEEE Directive (2012/19/EU) and national legislation. This product should be handed over to a
designated collection point, e.g., on an authorized one-for-one basis when you buy a new similar
product or to an authorized collection site for recycling waste electrical and electronic equipment (EEE).
Improper handling of this type of waste could have a possible negative impact on the environment and
human health due to potentially hazardous substances that are generally associated with EEE. At the
same time, your cooperation in the correct disposal of this product will contribute to the effective usage
of natural resources. For more information about where you can drop off your waste equipment for
recycling, please contact your local city office, waste authority, approved WEEE scheme or your
household waste disposal service. For more information regarding return and recycling of WEEE
products, please visit
www.canon-europe.com/weee.
IPv6 Ready Logo
The protocol stack included in this machine has obtained the IPv6 Ready Logo Phase-1 established by
the IPv6 Forum.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻜㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-002
Legal Limitations on the Usage of Your Product and the Use of Images
Using your product to scan, print or otherwise reproduce certain documents, and the use of such images as scanned,
printed or otherwise reproduced by your product, may be prohibited by law and may result in criminal and/or civil liability. A
non-exhaustive list of these documents is set forth below. This list is intended to be a guide only. If you are uncertain about
the legality of using your product to scan, print or otherwise reproduce any particular document, and/or of the use of the
images scanned, printed or otherwise reproduced, you should consult in advance with your legal advisor for guidance.
Paper Money
Travelers Checks
Money Orders
Food Stamps
Certificates of Deposit
Passports
Postage Stamps (canceled or uncanceled)
Immigration Papers
Identifying Badges or Insignias
Internal Revenue Stamps (canceled or uncanceled)
Selective Service or Draft Papers
Bonds or Other Certificates of Indebtedness
Checks or Drafts Issued by Governmental Agencies
Stock Certificates
Motor Vehicle Licenses and Certificates of Title
Copyrighted Works/Works of Art without Permission of Copyright Owner
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻝㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-003
Using the e-Manual

Even if you do not have the supplied CD-ROM at hand, you can view the e-Manual any time if you install it on your
computer beforehand.
For the efficient use of the e-Manual, you can use several search tools to find the desired content.
How to Use the e-Manual

Operating Environment
Installing the e-Manual
Uninstalling the e-Manual
Screen Layout of the e-Manual

Top Page
Topic Page
Site Map
Search Method
Viewing the e-Manual
<To find the desired content>

Selecting between the category icons
From the top page, select a category icon you want.
"Top Page"
Searching from the site map
On the site map, you can view the list of whole sections of the e-Manual sorted by category. You can directly
display sections in a category.
"Site Map"
Whole text search function
You can search by keyword in the e-Manual. You can display the desired description from the search results by
entering a keyword you want to search. This function supports AND search.
"Search Method"
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻞㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-004
How to Use the e-Manual

Click the following links to see the system requirements to use the e-Manual and how to install/uninstall the e-Manual.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻟㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-005
You need a Web browser to use the e-Manual. Operation of the following Web browsers is guaranteed.
Internet Explorer 6.0/7.0/8.0/9.0/10.0
Firefox 2.x/3.x/4.x/5.x/6.x/7.x/8.x/9.x/10.x/11.x/13.x/14.x/15.x/16.x/17.x/18.x/19.x
NOTE
Enabling the script function and cookies

Enable the script function and cookies for the Web browser before using the e-Manual.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻠㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-006

Install the e-Manual included in the supplied CD-ROM on your computer using the following procedure.
This function is not supported for Macintosh.
1
Insert the supplied CD-ROM "User Software" into the CD-ROM drive of your computer.
2
Click [Custom Installation].
If the above screen does not appear

"Basic Operations/Various Information for Windows"
If the [AutoPlay] dialog box appears

Click [Run AUTORUN.EXE].
If the [User Account Control] dialog box appears

Click [Yes] or [Continue].
3
Perform the following procedure.
(1) Clear the [MF/LBP Network Setup Tool] and [Printer Driver] check boxes.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻡㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

(2) Click [Start].
4
Read the contents of License Agreement, and then click [Yes].
ĺ The installation starts.

Wait a moment until the installation is complete. (It may take a long time to install the e-Manual.)
5
Click [Exit].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻢㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

6
Click [Next].
7
Click [Exit].
When the following screen appears, you can remove the CD-ROM.
Displaying the e-Manual

Double-click [LBP7100C 7110C e-Manual] created on the desktop.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻣㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

When a security protection message appears
1. Click the information bar, and then select [Allow Blocked Content] from the pop-up menu.
2. Click [Yes].
NOTE
Displaying the e-Manual directly from the CD-ROM

You can also display the e-Manual directly from the CD-ROM without installing it in the computer you are using.
1. Insert the supplied CD-ROM "User Software" into the CD-ROM drive of your computer.
2. Click [Display Manuals].
3. Click [ ] button next to [e-Manual].
Depending on the operating system you are using, a security protection message is displayed.
Allow the contents to be displayed.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻤㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-007

The process of removing the e-Manual to restore the computer to the same state as before the e-Manual was installed is
referred to as uninstallation. To uninstall the e-Manual, perform the following procedure.
1
2
Click [Additional Software Programs].



3
Click [Start] in [Manual Uninstaller].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻥㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

4
Click [Uninstall] to start the uninstallation.
Please wait a moment until the uninstallation is complete. (It may take a long time to uninstall the e-Manual.)
5
Click [Exit].
6
Click [Back].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻜㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

7
Click [Exit].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻝㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-008
Screen Layout of the e-Manual

This section describes the screen layout of the e-Manual.
The page displayed right after the e-Manual starts is called "Top Page" and the manual description is called "Topic Page"
in this section.
"Site map" is displayed from [Site map] which is located on the upper right of the e-Manual.
The search panel is used to make search through the e-Manual.
The screen layout is different for each page, so click the following links to see the instruction.
Top Page
Topic Page
Site Map
Search Method
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻞㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-009
Top Page
(1) [Handling the Printer]

This section describes the precautions and maintenance methods for handling the printer, and so on.
(2) [Printing]
This section describes a variety of printing methods, such as basic printing and advanced one that uses the various
printing functions.
How to load paper is also described here.
(3) [Configuring and Managing the Printer]
This section describes how to specify the network settings, how to manage the printer, and so on.
(4) [Frequently Asked Questions]
Frequently asked questions are featured.
For details on the solutions for the other problems, see [Troubleshooting].
(5) [Installation]
This section describes how to install this printer, how to install the printer driver, and so on.
(6) [Search]
The search panel is displayed by entering keyword(s) and clicking [ ].
For details, see "Search Method."
(7) [Points to Make Full Use of the Printer]
This section describes software tasks and functions supplied with the printer to maximize the use of the printer.
(8) [For Macintosh Users]
Precautions when using Macintosh are explained.
(9) [Top]
The top page of the e-Manual is displayed.
(10) [Site map]
The entire contents of the e-Manual are displayed.
(11) [Help]
How to use the e-Manual is displayed.
(12) [Disclaimers]
The disclaimers are displayed.
(13) [Copyright]
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻟㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

The information of copyrights is displayed.
(14) [Trademarks]
The trademarks are displayed.
(15) [Third Party Software]
The information about the third party software is displayed.
(16) [Office Locations]
Inquiries for this printer are displayed.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻠㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-00A
Topic Page
(1) Chapter contents

This is the list of the contents in the chapter. Clicking each item displays the description in the topic page.
Click [ ] to expand a menu, and click [ ] to collapse a menu.
Alternatively, click [ Expand all] to expand all menus, and click [ Collapse all] to collapse all menus.
(2) Topic page
The descriptions of each item are displayed.
The current location of the displayed topic is displayed at the upper left of the topic page. Click a link to move to a
higher level.
(3) [Chapter] menu
You can select a different chapter from the pull-down menu.
(4) [Contents] tab
Click to display the chapter contents panel.
(5) [Search] tab
Click to display the search panel.
For details, see "Search Method."
(6) [ ]
Click to display or hide the chapter contents panel/search panel.
(7) [Previous]/[Next]
Click to move to the previous or next topic.
(8) [Print this topic]
Prints only the topic page currently displayed.
(9) [Print all]
Prints all the contents in a chapter.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻡㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-00C
Site Map
(1) Categories
Shows the chapters of the e-Manual. Click an item to view the detailed list of the chapter.
(2) Whole contents
Shows the all chapters and sections of the e-Manual. Click an item to view the contents.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻢㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-00E
Search Method
(1) Search
Entering a character string in [Search] on the top page or in the [Keyword] text box on the search panel and then
clicking [ ] displays the search results.
The AND search is available in the e-Manual so you can refine the search results by entering two or more
keywords. When entering keywords, enter a space between the keywords.
Example: Toner Replacement (if you want to display pages which include words, "Toner" and "Replacement")
(2) Search result
The search results for a keyword are displayed.
If there are more than 10 search results, you can see the other results by clicking [ ], [ ], or the number
which is located below the result.
(3) [Search options]
Click to display the search options.
The search options can be used to specify the chapter to search, case sensitivity, and whether to differentiate
between one- and two-byte characters.
Click [Search with these conditions] to search with the specified conditions.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻣㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-00F
Viewing the e-Manual
Symbols Used in the e-Manual

The following are descriptions of warnings and cautions used in the e-Manual to explain handling restrictions, precautions,
and instructions that should be observed for your safety.
WARNING
Indicates a warning concerning operations that may lead to death or injury to persons if not performed correctly. To use
the machine safely, always pay attention to these warnings.
CAUTION
Indicates a caution concerning operations that may lead to injury to persons if not performed correctly. To use the
machine safely, always pay attention to these cautions.
IMPORTANT
Indicates operational requirements and restrictions. Be sure to read these items carefully to operate the machine
correctly, and avoid damage to the machine or property.
NOTE
Indicates a clarification of an operation, or contains additional explanations for a procedure. Reading these notes is highly
recommended.
Indicates an operation that must not be performed. Read these items carefully, and make sure not to perform the
described operations.
Keys and Buttons Used in This Manual

The following are examples of how control panel keys and on-screen buttons are depicted in the e-Manual.
Type Depiction in the e-Manual Example
Control panel keys [Key icon] + (Key name) [ ] (Cancel Job)
Buttons on
computer operation [Button name and so on] [OK]
screen and so on
Screenshots Used in the e-Manual

The contents of the screenshots used in the e-Manual are the default settings.
Depending on the system configuration, the contents of the screenshots may partly differ.
The functions of the printer driver may be changed due to upgrade.
Illustrations Used in the e-Manual

The illustrations used in the e-Manual are those for the LBP7110Cw unless mentioned otherwise.
Though not shown in the illustrations in this manual, the control panels are labeled with names in certain countries
or regions.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻤㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠
Although the power cord used in this manual is as the one in the following illustration, the form of the power cord may
differ depending on the country or region.
About the Supplied CD-ROM

Although the e-Manual states that this printer is supplied with CD-ROMs, in certain countries or regions the printer is
supplied with a DVD-ROM in place of CD-ROMs.
If your printer is supplied with a DVD-ROM, please take each mention of "the supplied CD-ROM" or "the supplied CD-
ROMs" in this manual as referring to "the supplied DVD-ROM."
Abbreviations Used in the e-Manual
Abbreviations of Operating Systems

In the e-Manual, operating systems are abbreviated as follows.
Microsoft Windows XP operating system Windows XP
Microsoft Windows Vista operating system Windows Vista

Microsoft Windows 7 operating system Windows 7
Microsoft Windows Server 2003 operating system Windows Server 2003
Microsoft Windows Server 2008 operating system Windows Server 2008
Microsoft Windows operating system Windows
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻥㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-00H
Disclaimers
The information in this manual is subject to change without notice.
CANON INC. MAKES NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND WITH REGARD TO THIS MATERIAL, EITHER EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, EXCEPT AS PROVIDED HEREIN, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, THEREOF, WARRANTIES AS TO
MARKETABILITY, MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OF USE OR AGAINST
INFRINGEMENT OF ANY PATENT. CANON INC. SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INCIDENTAL, OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY NATURE, OR LOSSES OR EXPENSES RESULTING FROM THE USE OF
THIS MATERIAL.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻟㻜㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-00J
Copyright
Copyright 2013 by Canon Inc. All rights reserved.
No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic or mechanical,
including photocopying and recording, or by any information storage or retrieval system without the prior written
permission of Canon Inc.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻟㻝㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-00K
Trademarks
Canon, the Canon logo, LBP, and PageComposer are trademarks of Canon Inc.
Adobe, Adobe Acrobat, and Adobe Reader are trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated.
Apple, Mac, Mac OS, OS X, and Macintosh are trademarks of Apple Inc.
Microsoft, Windows, Windows Vista, Windows Server and Internet Explorer are either registered trademarks or
trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries.
Ethernet is a trademark of Xerox Corporation.
Other product and company names herein may be the trademarks of their respective owners.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻟㻞㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-00L
Important Safety Instructions

Read these "Important Safety Instructions" thoroughly before operating the printer.
As these instructions are intended to prevent injury to the user and other persons or destruction of property, always pay
attention to these instructions.
Also, as it may result in unexpected accidents or injuries, do not perform any operation unless otherwise specified in the
manual. Improper operation or use of this machine could result in personal injury and/or damage requiring extensive repair
that may not be covered under your Limited Warranty.
Wireless LAN Regulatory Information (LBP7110Cw Only)
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻟㻟㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-00R

Read the following precautions thoroughly before operating the printer.
Installation
Power Supply
Handling
Maintenance and Inspections
Consumables
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻟㻠㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-00S
Installation
WARNING
Do not install the printer in a location near alcohol, paint thinner, or other flammable substances. If flammable
substances come into contact with electrical parts inside the printer, this may result in a fire or electrical shock.
Do not place the following items on the printer.
Necklaces and other metal objects
Cups, vases, flowerpots, and other containers filled with water or liquids
If these items come into contact with a high-voltage area inside the printer, this may result in a fire or electrical shock.
If these items are dropped or spilled inside the printer, immediately turn OFF the power switch (1) and disconnect the
interface cables if they are connected (2). Then, unplug the power plug from the AC power outlet (3) and contact your
local authorized Canon dealer.
CAUTION
Do not install the printer in unstable locations, such as on unsteady platforms or inclined floors, or in locations
subject to excessive vibrations, as this may cause the printer to fall or tip over, resulting in personal injury.
The ventilation slots are provided for proper ventilation of working parts inside the printer. Never place the printer on
a soft surface, such as a bed, sofa, or rug. Blocking the slots can cause the printer to overheat, resulting in a fire.
Do not install the printer in the following locations, as this may result in a fire or electrical shock.
A damp or dusty location
A location exposed to smoke and steam, such as near a cookery or humidifier
A location exposed to rain or snow
A location near a water faucet or water
A location exposed to direct sunlight
A location subject to high temperatures
A location near open flames
When installing the printer, gently lower the printer to the installation site so as not to catch your hands between the
printer and the floor or between the printer and other equipment, as this may result in personal injury.
When connecting the interface cable, connect it properly by following the instructions in the e-Manual. If not
connected properly, this may result in malfunction or electrical shock.
When moving the printer, follow the instructions in the e-Manual to hold it correctly. Failure to do so may cause you
to drop the printer, resulting in personal injury.
"Moving the Printer"
IMPORTANT
At high altitudes of about 3,000 meters above sea level, or higher

Machines with a hard disk may not operate properly when used at high altitudes of about 3,000 meters above sea level,
or higher.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻟㻡㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-00U
Power Supply
WARNING
Do not damage or modify the power cord. Also, do not place heavy objects on the power cord or pull on or
excessively bend it, as this can cause electrical damage, resulting in fire or electrical shock.
Keep the power cord away from all heat sources. Failure to do so can cause the power cord insulation to melt,
resulting in a fire or electrical shock.
The power cord should not be taut, as this may lead to a loose connection and cause overheating, which could
result in a fire.
The power cord may become damaged if it is stepped on, fixed with staples, or if heavy objects are placed on it.
Continued use of a damaged power cord can lead to an accident, such as a fire or electrical shock.
Do not plug or unplug the power plug with wet hands, as this can result in electrical shock.
Do not plug the power cord into a multi-plug power strip, as this can result in a fire or electrical shock.
Do not bundle up or tie up the power cord in a knot, as this can result in a fire or electrical shock.
Insert the power plug completely into the AC power outlet. Failure to do so can result in a fire or electrical shock.
If excessive stress is applied to the connection part of the power cord, it may damage the power cord or the wires
inside the machine may disconnect. This could result in a fire. Avoid the following situations:
Connecting and disconnecting the power cord frequently.
Tripping over the power cord.
The power cord is bent near the connection part, and continuous stress is being applied to the power outlet or the
connection part.
Applying a shock to the power connector.
Do not use power cords other than the one provided, as this can result in a fire or electrical shock.
As a general rule, do not use extension cords. Using an extension cord may result in a fire or electrical shock.
CAUTION
Do not use a power supply voltage other than that listed herein, as this may result in a fire or electrical shock.
Always grasp the power plug when unplugging the power plug. Do not pull on the power cord, as this may expose
the core wire of the power cord or damage the cord insulation, causing electricity to leak, resulting in a fire or
electrical shock.
Leave sufficient space around the power plug so that it can be unplugged easily. If objects are placed around the
power plug, you may be unable to unplug it in an emergency.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻟㻢㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-00W
Handling
WARNING
Do not disassemble or modify the printer. There are high-temperature and high-voltage components inside the
printer which may result in a fire or electrical shock.
Electrical equipment can be hazardous if not used properly. Do not allow children to touch the power cord, cables,
internal gears, or electrical parts.
If the printer makes an unusual noise or emits smoke, heat, or an unusual smell, immediately turn OFF the power
switch and disconnect the interface cables if they are connected. Then, unplug the power plug from the AC power
outlet and contact your local authorized Canon dealer. Continued use can result in a fire or electrical shock.
Do not use flammable sprays near the printer. If flammable substances come into contact with electrical parts inside
the printer, this may result in a fire or electrical shock.
Always turn OFF the power switch and unplug the power plug and interface cables before moving the printer.
Failure to do so can damage the cables or cords, resulting in a fire or electrical shock.
Confirm that the power plug or power connecter is inserted completely after moving the printer. Failure to do so can
result in an overheating and fire.
Do not drop paper clips, staples, or other metal objects inside the printer. Also, do not spill water, liquids, or other
flammable substances (alcohol, benzene, paint thinner, and so on) inside the printer. If these items come into
contact with a high-voltage area inside the printer, this may result in a fire or electrical shock. If these items are
dropped or spilled inside the printer, immediately turn OFF the power switch and disconnect the interface cables if
they are connected. Then, unplug the power plug from the AC power outlet and contact your local authorized Canon
dealer.
When plugging or unplugging a USB cable when the power plug is plugged into an AC power outlet, do not touch
the metal part of the connector, as this can result in electrical shock.
CAUTION
Do not place heavy objects on the printer. The object or the printer may fall, resulting in personal injury.
Turn OFF the power switch when the printer will not be used for a long period of time, such as overnight. Turn OFF
the printer and unplug the power plug if the printer will not be used for an extended period of time, such as for
several days.
Open or close covers and install or remove drawers gently and carefully. Be careful not to hurt your fingers.
Keep your hands and clothing away from the roller in the output area. Even if the printer is not printing, the roller
may suddenly rotate and catch your hands or clothing, resulting in personal injury.
The output slot is hot during and immediately after printing. Do not touch the area surrounding the output slot, as
this may result in burns.
Printed paper may be hot immediately after being output. Be careful when removing the paper and aligning the
removed paper, especially after continuous printing. Failure to do so may result in burns.
The laser beam used in the printer can be harmful to human bodies. The laser beam is confined in the laser
scanner unit by a cover, so there is no danger of the laser beam escaping during normal printer operation. Read the
following remarks and instructions for safety.
Never open covers other than those indicated in this manual.
Do not remove the caution label attached to the cover of the laser scanner unit.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻟㻣㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

If the laser beam should escape and enter your eyes, exposure may cause damage to your eyes.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻟㻤㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-00X
Maintenance and Inspections
WARNING
When cleaning the printer, turn OFF the printer and computer, remove the interface cables, and then unplug the
power plug. Failure to do so can result in a fire or electrical shock.
Unplug the power plug from the AC power outlet periodically and clean the area around the base of the power
plug's metal pins and the AC power outlet with a dry cloth to remove all dust and grime. In damp, dusty, or smoky
locations, dust can build up around the power plug and become damp, which can cause a short circuit, resulting in
a fire.
Clean the printer with a well wrung out cloth dampened with water or mild detergent diluted with water. Do not use
alcohol, benzene, paint thinner, or other flammable substances. If flammable substances come into contact with
electrical parts inside the printer, this may result in a fire or electrical shock.
Some areas inside the printer are subject to high voltage. When removing jammed paper or when inspecting the
inside of the printer, be careful not to allow necklaces, bracelets, or other metal objects to touch the inside of the
printer, as this can result in burns or electrical shock.
Do not dispose of used toner cartridges in open flames. This may cause the toner remaining inside the cartridges to
ignite, resulting in burns or fire.
If you accidentally spill or scatter toner, carefully gather the toner particles together or wipe them up with a soft,
damp cloth in a way that prevents inhalation.
Never use a vacuum cleaner that does not have safeguards against dust explosions to clean up spilled toner. Doing
so may cause a malfunction in the vacuum cleaner, or result in a dust explosion due to static discharge.
Confirm that the power plug or power connecter is inserted completely after cleaning the printer. Failure to do so
can result in an overheating and fire.
Check the power cord and plug regularly. The following conditions may result in fire, so contact your local authorized
Canon dealer or the Canon help line.
There are burn marks on the power plug.
The blade on the power plug is deformed or broken.
The power is turned OFF or ON when bending the power cord.
The coating of the power cord is damaged, cracked, or dented.
A part of the power cord becomes hot.
Check regularly that the power cord and plug are not handled in the following manner. Failure to do so can result in
a fire or electrical shock.
The power connector is loosened.
Stress is being applied to the power cord by a heavy object or by fixing it with staples.
The power plug is loosened.
The power cord is tied in a bundle.
A part of the power cord is put in an aisle.
The power cord is put in front of the heating appliance.
CAUTION
Never attempt to service this printer yourself, except as explained in this manual. There are no user serviceable
parts inside the printer. Adjust only those controls that are covered in the operating instructions. Improper
adjustment could result in personal injury and/or damage requiring extensive repair that may not be covered under
your Limited Warranty.
The fixing unit and its surroundings inside the printer become hot during use. When removing jammed paper or
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻟㻥㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

when inspecting the inside of the printer, do not touch the fixing unit and its surroundings, as this may result in
burns.
When removing jammed paper or when inspecting the inside of the machine, do not expose yourself to the heat
emitted from the fixing unit and its surroundings for a prolonged period of time. Doing so may result in low
temperature burns, even though you did not touch the fixing unit and its surroundings directly, as this may result in
burns.
If paper is jammed, remove the jammed paper so that any pieces of paper do not remain inside the printer
according to the displayed message. Also, do not put your hands forcibly into the parts other than those directed on
the screen. Failure to do so may result in burns or injuries.
When removing jammed paper or replacing a toner cartridge, be careful not to get any toner on your hands or
clothing, as this will dirty your hands or clothing. If toner gets on your hands or clothing, wash them immediately
with cold water. Washing with warm water sets the toner, making it impossible to remove the toner stains.
When removing jammed paper, be careful not to allow the toner on the paper to scatter. The toner may get into
your eyes or mouth. If toner gets into your eyes or mouth, wash them immediately with cold water and consult a
physician.
When loading paper or removing jammed paper, be careful not to cut your hands with the edges of the paper.
When removing a toner cartridge, remove the toner cartridge carefully so as to prevent the toner from scattering and
getting into your eyes or mouth. If toner gets into your eyes or mouth, wash them immediately with cold water and
consult a physician.
Do not attempt to disassemble the toner cartridge. The toner may scatter and get into your eyes or mouth. If toner
gets into your eyes or mouth, wash them immediately with cold water and consult a physician.
If toner leaks from the toner cartridge, be careful not to inhale the toner or allow it to come into direct contact with
your skin. If the toner comes into contact with your skin, wash with soap. If the skin becomes irritated or you inhale
the toner, consult a physician immediately.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻠㻜㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-00Y
Consumables
WARNING
Do not dispose of used toner cartridges in open flames. This may cause the toner to ignite, resulting in burns or fire.
Do not store toner cartridges or paper in a location exposed to open flames. This may cause the toner or paper to
ignite, resulting in burns or fire.
When disposing of a toner cartridge, place the toner cartridge into a bag to prevent the toner from scattering, and
then dispose of the toner cartridge according to local regulations.
If you accidentally spill or scatter toner, carefully gather the toner particles together or wipe them up with a soft,
damp cloth in a way that prevents inhalation.
Never use a vacuum cleaner that does not have safeguards against dust explosions to clean up spilled toner. Doing
so may cause a malfunction in the vacuum cleaner, or result in a dust explosion due to static discharge.
CAUTION
Keep the toner cartridges and other consumables out of the reach of small children. If the toner or other parts are
ingested, consult a physician immediately.
Do not attempt to disassemble the toner cartridge. The toner may scatter and get into your eyes or mouth. If toner
gets into your eyes or mouth, wash them immediately with cold water and consult a physician.
If toner leaks from the toner cartridge, be careful not to inhale the toner or allow it to come into direct contact with
your skin. If the toner comes into contact with your skin, wash with soap. If the skin becomes irritated or you inhale
the toner, consult a physician immediately.
If the sealing tape is pulled out forcefully or stopped at midpoint, toner may spill out. If the toner gets into your eyes
or mouth, wash them immediately with cold water and immediately consult a physician.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻠㻝㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-010
Wireless LAN Regulatory Information (LBP7110Cw Only)

i-SENSYS LBP7110Cw includes approved Wireless LAN Module (Model name: FM48944).
Regulatory information
Users in the European Union and other European countries
R&TTE Declaration of Conformity (Wireless LAN Module)
6SROHþQRVW&$121,1&WtPWRSURKODãXMHåH]DĜt]HQt)0MHYVRXODGXVH]iNODGQtPL
ýHVN\>&]HFK@
SRåDGDYN\DGDOãtPLSĜtVOXãQêPLXVWDQRYHQtPLVPČUQLFH(6
Undertegnede CANON INC. erklærer herved, at FM48944 overholder de væsentlige krav og
Dansk [Danish]
øvrige relevante krav i direktiv 1999/5/EF.
Hiermit erklärt CANON INC., dass sich das Gerät FM48944 in Übereinstimmung mit den
Deutsch [German] grundlegenden Anforderungen und den übrigen einschlägigen Bestimmungen der Richtlinie
1999/5/EG befindet.
Käesolevaga kinnitab CANON INC. seadme FM48944 vastavust direktiivi 1999/5/EÜ olulistele
Eesti [Estonian]
nõuetele ja muudele asjakohastele sätetele.
Hereby, CANON INC., declares that FM48944 is in compliance with the essential requirements
English
and other relevant provisions of Directive 1999/5/EC.
Por medio de la presente CANON INC. declara que el FM48944 cumple con los requisitos
Español [Spanish]
esenciales y cualesquiera otras disposiciones aplicables o exigibles de la Directiva 1999/5/CE.
ȂİĲȘȞʌĮȡȠȪıĮȘ&$121,1&įȘȜȫȞİȚȩĲȚĲȠȝȠȞĲȑȜȠ)0ıȣȝȝȠȡĳȫȞİĲĮȚʌȡȠȢĲȚȢ
ǼȜȜȘȞȚțȒ>*UHHN@
ȠȣıȚȫįİȚȢĮʌĮȚĲȒıİȚȢțĮȚĲȚȢȜȠȚʌȑȢıȤİĲȚțȑȢįȚĮĲȐȟİȚȢĲȘȢȅįȘȖȓĮȢǼȀ
Par la présente, CANON INC. déclare que l’appareil FM48944 est conforme aux exigences
Français [French]
essentielles et aux autres dispositions pertinentes de la directive 1999/5/CE.
Con la presente CANON INC. dichiara che FM48944 è conforme ai requisiti essenziali ed alle
Italiano [Italian]
altre disposizioni pertinenti stabilite dalla direttiva 1999/5/CE.
$UãR&$121,1&GHNODUƝND)0DWELOVW'LUHNWƯYDV(.EǌWLVNDMƗPSUDVƯEƗPXQ
Latviski [Latvian]
FLWLHPDUWRVDLVWƯWDMLHPQRWHLNXPLHP
âLXREHQGURYơÄ&$121,1&³GHNODUXRMDNDG)0DWLWLQNDSDJULQGLQLXV'LUHNW\YRMH
/LHWXYLǐ>/LWKXDQLDQ@
(%LãGơVW\WXVUHLNDODYLPXVLUNLWDVMRVQXRVWDWDV
Hierbij verklaart CANON INC. dat FM48944 in overeenstemming is met de essentiële eisen en
Nederlands [Dutch]
de andere relevante bepalingen van richtlijn 1999/5/EG.
+DZQKHNN&$121,1&MLGGLNMDUDOLO)0MLNNRQIRUPDPDOƫWLƥLMLHWHVVHQ]MDOLXPD¶
Malti [Maltese]
GLVSRĪL]]MRQLMLHWUHOHYDQWLRƫUDWDG'LUHWWLYD.(
$OXOtURWW&$121,1&Q\LODWNR]RPKRJ\D)0PHJIHOHODYRQDWNR]yDODSYHWĘ
Magyar [Hungarian]
N|YHWHOPpQ\HNQHNpVD](&LUiQ\HOYHJ\pEHOĘtUiVDLQDN
1LQLHMV]\P&$121,1&RĞZLDGF]DĪHPRGHO)0MHVW]JRGQ\]]DVDGQLF]\PLZ\PRJDPL
Polski [Polish]
RUD]SR]RVWDá\PLVWRVRZQ\PLSRVWDQRZLHQLDPL'\UHNW\Z\(&
Português Por este documento, a CANON INC. declara que o FM48944 está em conformidade com os
[Portuguese] requisitos essenciais e outras disposições relevantes da Diretiva 1999/5/CE.
6ORYHQãþLQD Družba CANON INC. izjavlja, da je tiskalnik FM48944 skladni z bistvenimi zahtevami in ostalimi
[Slovenian] UHOHYDQWQLPLGRORþLOLGLUHNWLYH(6
&$121,1&WêPWRY\KODVXMHåH)0VSĎĖD]iNODGQpSRåLDGDYN\DYãHWN\SUtVOXãQp
Slovensky [Slovak]
ustanovenia Smernice 1999/5/ES.
CANON INC. vakuuttaa täten, että FM48944 -laite on direktiivin 1999/5/ EY oleellisten
Suomi [Finnish]
vaatimusten ja sitä koskevien direktiivin muiden ehtojen mukainen.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻠㻞㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

Härmed intygar CANON INC. att denna FM48944 står i överensstämmelse med de väsentliga
Svenska [Swedish]
egenskapskrav och övriga relevanta bestämmelser som framgår av direktiv 1999/5/EG.
5RPkQă 3ULQSUH]HQWD&$121,1&GHFODUăIDSWXOFăDSDUDWXO)0HVWHvQFRQIRUPLWDWHFX
[Romanian] FHULQĠHOHHVHQĠLDOHúLFXDOWHSUHYHGHULUHOHYDQWHLQFOXVHvQ'LUHFWLYD&(
Ȼɴɥɝɚɪɫɤɢɟɡɢɤ ɋɧɚɫɬɨɹɳɟPɨ&$121,1&ɞɟɤɥɚɪɢɪɚɱɟ)0ɨɬɝɨɜɚɪɹɧɚɫɴɳɟɫɬɜɟɧɢɬɟ
[Bulgarian] ɢɡɢɫɤɜɚɧɢɹɢɞɪɭɝɢɬɟɩɪɢɥɨɠɢɦɢɢɡɢɫɤɜɚɧɢɹɧɚȾɢɪɟɤɬɢɜɚȿɋ
Hér með lýsir CANON INC. því yfir að FM48944 sé í samræmi við grunnkröfur og aðrar kröfur,
Íslenska [Icelandic]
sem gerðar eru í tilskipun 1999/5/EC.
CANON INC. erklærer herved at utstyret FM48944 er i samsvar med de grunnleggende krav og
Norsk [Norwegian]
øvrige relevante krav i direktiv 1999/5/EF.
Dearbhaíonn CANON INC. leis seo go gcloíonn FM48944 le ceanglais riachtanacha agus le
Gaeilge [Irish]
forálacha ábhartha eile na Treorach 1999/5/CE.
7RWR]DĜt]HQtPĤåHEêWSURYR]RYiQRQD~]HPt$7%(%*&+&<&='('.(((6),
FR, GB, GR, HU, IE, IS, IT, LI, LT, LU, LV, MT, NL, NO, PL, PT, RO, SE, SI, SK.* Poznámky
ýHVN\>&]HFK@
týkající se použití tohoto produktu.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻠㻟㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

)UDQFLH7HQWRSURGXNWQHO]HSRXåtYDWPLPRX]DYĜHQpSURVWRU\
* Dette produkt må anvendes i AT, BE, BG, CH, CY, CZ, DE, DK, EE, ES, FI, FR, GB, GR,
HU, IE, IS, IT, LI, LT, LU, LV, MT, NL, NO, PL, PT, RO, SE, SI, SK.* Bemærkninger for
Dansk [Danish]
anvendelse af dette produkt.
Frankrig: Dette produkt kan ikke anvendes udendøre.
* Dieses Gerät darf in folgenden Ländern betrieben werden AT, BE, BG, CH, CY, CZ, DE, DK,
EE, ES, FI, FR, GB, GR, HU, IE, IS, IT, LI, LT, LU, LV, MT, NL, NO, PL, PT, RO, SE, SI, SK.*
Deutsch [German]
Hinweise zur Verwendung dieses Produkts.
Frankreich: Dieses Produkt darf nicht im Freien verwendet werden.
* Seda seadet võib kasutada AT, BE, BG, CH, CY, CZ, DE, DK, EE, ES, FI, FR, GB, GR, HU,
Eesti [Estonian] IE, IS, IT, LI, LT, LU, LV, MT, NL, NO, PL, PT, RO, SE, SI, SK.* Teadaanne selle toote
kasutamise kohta.Prantsusmaa: seda toodet saab kasutada vaid siseruumides.
* This equipment may be operated in AT, BE, BG, CH, CY, CZ, DE, DK, EE, ES, FI, FR, GB,
English GR, HU, IE, IS, IT, LI, LT, LU, LV, MT, NL, NO, PL, PT, RO, SE, SI, SK.* Notice for use of this
product.France : This product cannot be used outdoors.
* Este equipo puede ser utilizado en AT, BE, BG, CH, CY, CZ, DE, DK, EE, ES, FI, FR, GB,
Español [Spanish] GR, HU, IE, IS, IT, LI, LT, LU, LV, MT, NL, NO, PL, PT, RO, SE, SI, SK.* Aviso relativo al uso
de este producto.Francia: este producto no puede utilizarse en exteriores.
* Cet équipement peut être utilisable en AT, BE, BG, CH, CY, CZ, DE, DK, EE, ES, FI, FR, GB,
GR, HU, IE, IS, IT, LI, LT, LU, LV, MT, NL, NO, PL, PT, RO, SE, SI, SK.
Français [French]
* Avis concernant l’utilisation de ce produit.France : Ce produit ne peut pas être utilisé à
l’extérieur.
* Questo dispositivo può essere utilizzato in AT, BE, BG, CH, CY, CZ, DE, DK, EE, ES, FI, FR,
Italiano [Italian] GB, GR, HU, IE, IS, IT, LI, LT, LU, LV, MT, NL, NO, PL, PT, RO, SE, SI, SK.
* Nota per l’uso del prodotto.Francia: il prodotto non può essere utilizzato all’aperto.
âRDSUƯNRMXPXGUƯNVWOLHWRW$7%(%*&+&<&='('.(((6),)5*%*5+8
Latviski [Latvian] IE, IS, IT, LI, LT, LU, LV, MT, NL, NO, PL, PT, RO, SE, SI, SK.
3LH]ƯPHVSDUãƯL]VWUƗGƗMXPDOLHWRãDQX)UDQFLMDãRL]VWUƗGƗMXPXQHGUƯNVWOLHWRWƗUSXVWHOSƗP
âƳƳUHQJLQƳJDOLPDHNVSORDWXRWL$7%(%*&+&<&='('.(((6),)5*%*5
/LHWXYLǐ>/LWKXDQLDQ@ HU, IE, IS, IT, LI, LT, LU, LV, MT, NL, NO, PL, PT, RO, SE, SI, SK.
3DVWDEDDSLHãLRSURGXNWRQDXGRMLPą3UDQFǌ]LMDãLRSURGXNWRQHJDOLPDQDXGRWLODXNH
* Deze apparatuur kan worden gebruikt in de volgende landen AT, BE, BG, CH, CY, CZ, DE,
DK, EE, ES, FI, FR, GB, GR, HU, IE, IS, IT, LI, LT, LU, LV, MT, NL, NO, PL, PT, RO, SE, SI,
Nederlands [Dutch] SK.
* Kennisgeving voor gebruik van dit product.Frankrijk: dit product kan niet buiten worden
gebruikt.
* Laitetta voidaan käyttää seuraavassa maassa AT, BE, BG, CH, CY, CZ, DE, DK, EE, ES, FI,
Suomi [Finnish] FR, GB, GR, HU, IE, IS, IT, LI, LT, LU, LV, MT, NL, NO, PL, PT, RO, SE, SI, SK.
* Huomautuksia tämän tuotteen käytöstä.Ranska: Tuotetta ei saa käyttää ulkoilmassa.
* Dan l-apparat jista’ jintuza f’ AT, BE, BG, CH, CY, CZ, DE, DK, EE, ES, FI, FR, GB, GR, HU,
Malti [Maltese] IE, IS, IT, LI, LT, LU, LV, MT, NL, NO, PL, PT, RO, SE, SI, SK.
$YYLĪJƫDOOXĪXWD¶GDQLOSURGRWW)UDQ]D'DQLOSURGRWWPDMLVWD[MLQWXĪDIXTEDUUD
* Ez a készülék AT, BE, BG, CH, CY, CZ, DE, DK, EE, ES, FI, FR, GB, GR, HU, IE, IS, IT, LI,
Magyar [Hungarian] /7/8/9071/123/37526(6,6.]HPHOWHWKHWĘ
* Megjegyzések a termék használatához.Franciaország: A termék csak beltérben használható.
7RXU]ąG]HQLHPRĪHE\üHNVSORDWRZDQHZ$7%(%*&+&<&='('.(((6),)5
Polski [Polish] GB, GR, HU, IE, IS, IT, LI, LT, LU, LV, MT, NL, NO, PL, PT, RO, SE, SI, SK.
8ZDJDGRW\F]ąFDXĪ\WNRZDQLDSURGXNWX)UDQFMDSURGXNWXQLHQDOHĪ\XĪ\ZDüQD]HZQąWU]
* Este equipamento pode ser utilizado em AT, BE, BG, CH, CY, CZ, DE, DK, EE, ES, FI, FR,
Português GB, GR, HU, IE, IS, IT, LI, LT, LU, LV, MT, NL, NO, PL, PT, RO, SE, SI, SK.
[Portuguese] * Aviso referente ao uso deste produto.França: Este produto não pode ser usado em áreas
externas.
* To opremo je dovoljeno uporabljati v AT, BE, BG, CH, CY, CZ, DE, DK, EE, ES, FI, FR, GB,
6ORYHQãþLQD
[Slovenian]
2EYHVWLORJOHGHXSRUDEHWHJDL]GHOND)UDQFLMD7HJDL]GHONDQLPRJRþHXSRUDELWLQDRGSUWHP
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻠㻠㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠
7RWR]DULDGHQLHP{åHE\ĢSRXåtYDQpQD~]HPt$7%(%*&+&<&='('.(((6),
FR, GB, GR, HU, IE, IS, IT, LI, LT, LU, LV, MT, NL, NO, PL, PT, RO, SE, SI, SK.
Slovensky [Slovak]
8SR]RUQHQLHNSRXåtYDQLXWRKWRYêURENX)UDQF~]VNR7HQWRYêURERNVDQHVPLHSRXåtYDĢ
vonku.
ȉȠʌĮȡȩȞʌȡȠȧȩȞȝʌȠȡİȓȞĮȤȡȘıȚȝȠʌȠȚȘșİȓıĲȘȞ$7%(%*&+&<&='('.(((6
FI, FR, GB, GR, HU, IE, IS, IT, LI, LT, LU, LV, MT, NL, NO, PL, PT, RO, SE, SI, SK.
ǼȜȜȘȞȚțȒ>*UHHN@
ȈȘȝİȓȦıȘȖȚĮĲȘȤȡȒıȘĮȣĲȠȪĲȠȣʌȡȠȧȩȞĲȠȢīĮȜȜȓĮǹȣĲȩĲȠʌȡȠȧȩȞįİȞȝʌȠȡİȓȞĮ
ȤȡȘıȚȝȠʌȠȚȘșİȓıİİȟȦĲİȡȚțȠȪȢȤȫȡȠȣȢ
* Den här utrustningen kanske fungerar i AT, BE, BG, CH, CY, CZ, DE, DK, EE, ES, FI, FR,
GB, GR, HU, IE, IS, IT, LI, LT, LU, LV, MT, NL, NO, PL, PT, RO, SE, SI, SK.
Svenska [Swedish]
* Meddelande för användning av denna produkt.Frankrike: Denna produkt får inte användas
utomhus.
* Acest echipament poate fi operat in AT, BE, BG, CH, CY, CZ, DE, DK, EE, ES, FI, FR, GB,
5RPkQă
[Romanian]
1RWăSULYLQGXWLOL]DUHDDFHVWXLSURGXV)UDQĠD$FHVWSURGXVQXVHYDXWLOL]DvQH[WHULRU
Ɍɨɜɚɨɛɨɪɭɞɜɚɧɟɦɨɠɟɞɚɫɟɢɡɩɨɥɡɜɚɜ$7%(%*&+&<&='('.(((6),)5
Ȼɴɥɝɚɪɫɤɢɟɡɢɤ GB, GR, HU, IE, IS, IT, LI, LT, LU, LV, MT, NL, NO, PL, PT, RO, SE, SI, SK.
[Bulgarian] ɁɚɛɟɥɟɠɤɚɩɨɢɡɩɨɥɡɜɚɧɟɬɨɧɚɬɨɡɢɩɪɨɞɭɤɬɎɪɚɧɰɢɹɌɨɡɢɩɪɨɞɭɤɬɧɟɦɨɠɟɞɚɫɟ
ɢɡɩɨɥɡɜɚɢɡɜɴɧɬɟɪɢɬɨɪɢɹɬɚɧɚɮɢɪɦɚɬɚ
* Viðgerð á þessu tæki má annast á AT, BE, BG, CH, CY, CZ, DE, DK, EE, ES, FI, FR, GB,
Íslenska [Icelandic] GR, HU, IE, IS, IT, LI, LT, LU, LV, MT, NL, NO, PL, PT, RO, SE, SI, SK.
* Tilkynning vegna notkunar vörunnar.Frakkland : Þessa vöru má ekki nota utan dyra.
* Dette produktet må anvendes i AT, BE, BG, CH, CY, CZ, DE, DK, EE, ES, FI, FR, GB, GR,
Norsk [Norwegian] HU, IE, IS, IT, LI, LT, LU, LV, MT, NL, NO, PL, PT, RO, SE, SI, SK.
* Merknad for bruk av dette produktet.Frankrike: Produktet kan ikke brukes utendørs.
* Féadfar an trealamh seo a fheidhmiú in AT, BE, BG, CH, CY, CZ, DE, DK, EE, ES, FI, FR,
GB, GR, HU, IE, IS, IT, LI, LT, LU, LV, MT, NL, NO, PL, PT, RO, SE, SI, SK.
Gaeilge [Irish]
* Fógra maidir le húsáid an táirge seo.An Fhrainc : Ní féidir an táirge seo a úsáid amuigh faoin
aer.
Regulatory information for users in Jordan

Contains Wireless LAN Module approved by TRC/SS/2011/32
Regulatory information for users in UAE

TRA REGISTERD No: ER0058948/11
DEALER No: DA0058934/11
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻠㻡㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-011
About This Printer
Printer Specifications
System Requirements for Printing
Names and Dimensions of Each Part
Control Panel
Printer Status Window
Introduction of the Utilities
Energy-saving Mode
Cautions for Handling the Printer
Consumables
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻠㻢㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-012
Printer Specifications
Hardware Specifications
LBP7100Cn LBP7110Cw
Type Desktop Page Printer

Printing method Semiconductor laser + xerographic system
Toner fixing system On-demand fixing system

Black and white printing:14 pages/min.
Printing speed
Color printing: 14 pages/min.
(Plain paper (60 to 90 g/m²),
when printing A4 paper The print speed may drop depending on the output resolution, number or
continuously) copies, and paper settings for the size, type, and orientation.
20 seconds or less
Warm up time
(Time from power on to May vary depending on the usage conditions, such as the installation
printer ready) environment.
Recovery time Approx. 4 seconds

(Time from sleep mode to May vary depending on the output environment.
printer ready)
Black and white printing: 18 seconds

First print time Color printing: 18 seconds
(When printing A4 paper) May vary depending on the output environment.
Standard sizes:
A4, B5, A5, Legal, Letter, Executive, Statement, Foolscap, 16K, Index Card,
Envelope DL, Envelope No. 10 (COM10), Envelope C5, and Envelope Monarch
Paper size Custom paper sizes *:
Width 83.0 to 215.9 mm, Length (Height) 127.0 to 355.6 mm
* The width must be less than the length (height).
Paper capacity
Approx. 150 sheets
(Paper Drawer)
Paper output Face-down
Approx. 125 sheets

Output capacity
Actual paper capacity varies depending on the installation environment and
(Output tray) paper type to be used.
LwAd (declared A-weighted sound power level (1 B = 10 dB))

During standby: Inaudible*
Noise During operation: 6.52 B or less
(measured in accordance LpAm (declared A-weighted sound pressure level (bystander position))
with ISO 7779, declared During standby: Inaudible*
noise emission in accordance During operation: Approx. 49 dB
with ISO 9296) * Indicates the sound pressure level of each bystander position is below the ISO
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻠㻣㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

7779 absolute criteria for the background noise level.
Operating environment
Operating environment
Temperature range: 10 to 30 °C (50 to 86 °F)
(Printer unit only)
Humidity range: 20 to 80 % RH (no condensation)
USB interface
USB interface
Hi-Speed USB/USB
Hi-Speed USB/USB
Network interface
Network interface
Host interface Shared 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX (RJ-
Shared 10BASE-
45)
T/100BASE-TX (RJ-45)
Full duplex/Half duplex
Full duplex/Half duplex
IEEE 802.11b/g/n
Eleven LED indicators

Twelve LED indicators
User interface One operation button/two
One operation button/three operation keys
operation keys
Power supply 220 to 240 V (± 10 %), 50/60 Hz (± 2 Hz)

Maximum: 800 W or less
Maximum: 800 W or less During operation: Approx. 340 W
During operation: Approx. 340 During standby: Approx. 10 W
W During the sleep mode (USB
During standby: Approx. 10 W connection/Wired LAN connection):
During the sleep mode: Approx. 0.9 W
Approx. 0.9 W During the sleep mode (Wireless LAN
Power consumption When the power of the printer connection): Approx. 4 W
(at 20 °C (68 °F)) is turned OFF: 0.5 W or less When the power of the printer is turned
OFF: 0.5 W or less
Even if the power of the printer is turned OFF, power is consumed only slightly
while the power plug is inserted into the AC power outlet.
To cut the power consumption completely, unplug the power plug from the AC
power outlet.
Toner cartridges
Canon Cartridge 731 Black
Canon Cartridge 731 H Black
Canon Cartridge 731 Yellow
Consumables Canon Cartridge 731 Magenta
Canon Cartridge 731 Cyan
For details on the yield, see "Replacement Timing" in "Consumables."
Printer unit and included parts

Printer unit (excluding the toner cartridges): Approx. 16.6 kg
Weight Toner cartridge (each): Approx. 0.6 kg
Consumables
Toner cartridge (each) (Canon Genuine Cartridge): Approx. 0.6 kg
Software Specifications
Printing software UFR II
Data can be printed with a margin of 5.0 mm.

(10 mm for envelopes)
Printable area
For details, see "Printable Area."
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻠㻤㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

Wireless LAN Specification (LBP7110Cw Only)
Standard IEEE 802.11b/g/n

Transmission Scheme DS-SS System/OFDM System
Frequency Range 2412 to 2472 MHz

IEEE 802.11b
1/2/5.5/11 Mbps
IEEE 802.11g
6/9/12/18/24/36/48/54 Mbps
Data Transmission Rate IEEE 802.11n
SGI Invalidated 20 MHz : 6.5/13/19.5/26/39/52/58.5/65 Mbps
SGI Validated 20 MHz : 7.2/14.4/21.7/28.9/43.3/57.8/72.2 Mbps
SGI Invalidated 40 MHz : 13.5/27/40.5/81/108/121.5/135 Mbps
SGI Validated 40 MHz : 15/30/45/60/90/120/150 Mbps
Communication Mode Infrastructure Mode

Security WEP, WPA-PSK (TKIP/AES-CCMP), WPA2-PSK (TKIP/AES-CCMP)
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻠㻥㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-013
System Requirements for Printing

The printer driver is software required for printing with this printer.
The following system environment is required to use the printer driver.
Operating System
Windows XP Professional or Home Edition
Windows XP Professional x64 Edition
Windows Vista (32-bit or 64-bit version)
Windows 7 (32-bit or 64-bit version)
Windows Server 2003
Windows Server 2003 x64 Editions
Windows Server 2008 (32-bit or 64-bit version)
For details on the latest status of the supported operating systems and Service Pack, see the Canon Web site
(http://www.canon.com/).
Computer
A computer on which any one of the above operating systems can run
Interface
When connecting with USB

Hi-Speed USB/USB
When connecting with wired LAN

Connector: 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX
Protocol: TCP/IP
When connecting with wireless LAN (LBP7110Cw Only)

Standard: IEEE 802.11b/g/n
Protocol: TCP/IP
NOTE
About unidirectional communication equipment

The printer performs bi-directional communication. Operation of the printer when connected via unidirectional
communication equipment is not tested, and as a result, Canon cannot guarantee printer operation if the printer is
connected using unidirectional print servers, USB hubs or switching devices.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻡㻜㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-014
Names and Dimensions of Each Part
Part Name
Front View
(1) Output Tray (4) Control Panel (6) Power Switch
(2) Lift Handle (5) Front Cover (7) Paper Drawer
(3) Drawer Top Cover
Rear View
(1) Ventilation Slot (4) LNK Indicator (Green) (7) Rating Label
(2) ACT Indicator (Yellow) (5) USB Connector (8) Rear Cover
(3) LAN Connector (6) Lift Handle (9) Power Socket
Interior View
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻡㻝㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

(1) Y (Yellow) Toner Cartridge Slot (4) K (Black) Toner Cartridge Slot
(2) M (Magenta) Toner Cartridge Slot (5) Toner Cartridge Tray
(3) C (Cyan) Toner Cartridge Slot
Paper Drawer
(1) Paper Guide (2) Lock Release Lever
Dimensions of Each Part
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻡㻞㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-015
Control Panel
Unlike in the above illustration, the indicator names are indicated above the respective icons depending on the country
or region.
Indicators
Name Status Solution
Solve the problem following the

message displayed in the Printer
(2) Toner Indicator Status Window.*1
(On or Blinking) "A Message Appears in the
Printer Status Window"
An error is occurring for the toner
cartridges.
(Such as when the toner cartridges have
reached the end of their life)
The printer is ready to print.
(On)
(3) Ready Indicator
The printer is busy printing,

preparing to print, or cleaning.
(Blinking)
A service error is occurring.

(On) message displayed in the Printer
(4) Alarm Indicator Status Window.*1
"A Message Appears in the
An error is occurring.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻡㻟㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

(Blinking)
A job is being printed or is

waiting to be printed.
(On)
(6) Job Indicator
A job is being canceled.
(Blinking)
The printer is connected by

wireless LAN.
(8) Wi-Fi Indicator (On)
(LBP7110Cw Only)
The wireless LAN is
configured.
(Blinking)
The printer is turned ON.

(On)
(9) Main Power Indicator
The printer is being turned
OFF.
(Blinking)
Remove the paper jam.

(10) Paper Jam Indicator A paper jam is occurring.
"Paper Jams"
(Blinking)
Paper needs to be checked.

(Such as when paper runs out Load the paper properly.
(11) Load Paper Indicator
and when paper cannot be fed "Loading Paper"
(Blinking) properly)
An error occurred, but you can To skip the error and continue
(12) Go Indicator ignore the error and continue
printing, press the [ ] (Go) key.*2
printing.
(Blinking)
*1 For details on the procedure for displaying the Printer Status Window, see "Printer Status Window."
*2 Skipping the error and continuing printing (by pressing the [ ] (Go) key) may cause unexpected print results.
Button/Keys
Name Function
(1) Reset Button Turning ON the printer while pressing this button initializes the system settings. *1
(5) Cancel Job Key Press this key to cancel the job that is currently being printed or a job with an error. *2
(7) Wi-Fi Key
Use this key when configuring the wireless LAN connection settings with the Button System
(LBP7110Cw Only) (WPS).
When the Go indicator is blinking:

Press this key to skip the error and continue printing.
(12) Go Key When the Job indicator is off:
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻡㻠㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠
Press and hold this key (for 3 seconds) when the Ready indicator is on or blinking to
print the "User Data List." *3
*1 For details, see "Initializing Using the Reset Button."

*2 For details, see "Canceling a Print Job Being Printed Using the Cancel Job Key."
*3 For details, see "Printing the "User Data List"."
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻡㻡㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-016

The Printer Status Window allows you to check the printer status, perform utility functions, specify the settings for the
printer unit, and so on.
If you are using Macintosh, use the Statusmonitor. (For details on the Statusmonitor, see the Printer Driver Guide for
Macintosh (how to display: "For Macintosh Users").)
You can cancel or check a job or resume a job which is paused during printing
(1) [Job] Menu
for some reason.
You can perform utility functions, specify the settings for the printer unit, and so
(2) [Options] Menu
on.
(3) [Help] Menu Use this menu to display Help and the version information.
[ ] (Print queue)
Displays the print queue, a function of Windows.
For details on the print queue, see Windows Help.
[ ] (Refresh)
Obtains the printer status and refreshes the Printer Status Window display.
[ ] (Consumables Information)
Allows you to check the status of consumables.
"Checking the Consumables Status"
(4) Toolbar
[ ] (Wireless LAN Status) (LBP7110Cw Only)
Allows you to check the wireless LAN connection status (signal strength).
[ ] (Remote UI)
Starts the Remote UI.
"Remote UI"
If the printer and computer cannot communicate via a network, [ ]

(Remote UI) cannot be clicked.
Displays the printer status using an animated graphic. This area displays the
(5) Animation Area
printing progress or error conditions depending on the printer status.
Displays the printer status.
The printer is ready to print or in the sleep mode.
The printer problems need to be corrected.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻡㻢㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

(6) Icon
Communication cannot be performed with the printer.
A service call is occurring.
Displays messages about the printer status.

(7) Message Area Displays additional information (such as situation explanation and solutions)
below the message if an error or other such event occurs.
Allows you to display "Troubleshooting Details" and check details on how to deal
with an error depending on the displayed message.
(8) [Troubleshooting Details]
(9) Job Information Area Displays information about the job.
(10) [ ] (Cancel Job) Cancels the current job being printed.
(11) [ ] (Resolve Error) You can resume a job when it is paused during printing for some reason.
(12) [Status Bar] Displays the device to which the printer is connected.
NOTE
For details on each option in the Printer Status Window

See Help.
"How to Use Help"
Displaying the Printer Status Window

Click [ ] in the Windows task tray, and then select the printer name.
NOTE
When displaying the Printer Status Window from the printer driver
Click [ ] (Display Printer Status Window) in locations such as in the [Page Setup] sheet.
Displaying the Printer Status Window automatically
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻡㻣㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

The Printer Status Window is displayed automatically under the following situations.
When an error occurs during printing
When the consumables need to be replaced soon during printing
When the consumables have reached the end of their life during printing
You can change the display settings in the [Preferences (Users)] or [Preferences (Administrators)] dialog box in
the Printer Status Window. For more details, see Help.
"How to Use Help"
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻡㻤㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-017

The following useful utilities are available to perform the printer management and so on.
Using "Remote UI" to specify the various settings and operate the printer from a remote
location
By accessing and operating the printer from the Web browser via a network, you can manage the printer using a computer
in a remote location.
You can perform various operations, such as checking the current printer status or job logs and specifying various network
settings.
No specific software is needed.

The Remote UI can be operated in a Web browser. You do not need specific software to operate the Remote UI.
Central management of all the printer settings with the manager password (PIN)
Only the manager can configure the settings or perform the operations related to the printer management by setting the
manager password (PIN).
Using "MF/LBP Network Setup Tool" to specify the initial settings for the network connection
You can initialize the network settings by following the instructions in the wizard.
Easily navigating the setting procedures

You can easily navigate the setting procedures by using the graphical displays of the wizard.
You do not need to install "MF/LBP Network Setup Tool"

"MF/LBP Network Setup Tool" is software included in the supplied CD-ROM. You can start "MF/LBP Network Setup
Tool" directly from the CD-ROM without installing it.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻡㻥㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-018
Energy-saving Mode
You can reduce power consumption of the printer efficiently by using sleep mode or auto shutdown when the printer is not
used for a certain time.
Sleep Mode
You can configure the printer to enter the standby mode for low power consumption when data is not sent from the
computer or the printer does not operate for a specified time.
Auto Shutdown
You can configure the printer to turn OFF automatically when the time specified for the sleep mode elapses.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻢㻜㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-019
Sleep Mode
You can specify the settings for sleep mode using the following procedure.
1
2

3
Specify the settings for the sleep mode.
(1) Select the [Enter Sleep Mode after Fixed Period] check box.
(2) Specify the time until the printer enters the sleep mode in [Enter Sleep Mode After].
(3) Click [OK].
NOTE
About the setting for the time to enter the sleep mode
You can select [1], [5], [10], [15], [30], [60], [90], [120], [150], or [180] minutes for [Enter Sleep Mode After]. The default
value is [5] minutes.
We recommend that you use this option in the default setting.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻢㻝㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-01A
Auto Shutdown
You can specify the settings for auto shutdown using the following procedure.
1
2

3
Specify the settings for auto shutdown.
(1) Select the [Auto Shutdown after Fixed Period] check box.
(2) Specify the time until the printer turns OFF automatically after entering sleep mode in [Auto Shutdown After].
(3) Click [OK].
NOTE
About the setting for the time to execute auto shutdown

When [Auto Shutdown After] is changed during sleep mode, the specified time to execute auto shutdown is reset.
You can specify [Auto Shutdown After] for auto shutdown with 1 hour increments between [1] and [8] hours.
If you specify the setting for this option shorter than the default setting, this may shorten the life of the toner
cartridges (the default setting is [4] hours).
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻢㻞㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-01C
Cautions for Handling the Printer

This printer consists of various electronic and precision optical parts. Read the following section so that you can handle the
printer properly.
See "Important Safety Instructions" also.
Do not place any objects other than printing paper on the printer, trays, or covers. This may result in damage to the
printer.
Avoid shaking the printer. This may result in poor print quality or damage to the printer.
Do not leave any covers open longer than required. Exposing the printer to direct sunlight or strong light may result in
deterioration in print quality.
Do not open the covers on the printer during printing. This may result in damage to the printer.
Handle the tray or cover gently. This may result in damage to the printer.
If you want to put a cover on the printer to prevent dust from entering the printer, turn the power OFF and allow the
printer to cool down sufficiently before covering the printer.
If you do not plan to use the printer for a long period of time, unplug the power plug from the AC power outlet.
Do not use or store the printer in a room where chemicals are used.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻢㻟㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-01E
Consumables
The following consumables are provided for this printer. Purchase them at your local authorized Canon dealer.
Use the following table as rough guides to replace consumables. However, you may need the replacement earlier than the
described lifetimes depending on the printer installation environment, paper size, or document type.
Consumables Replacement Timing Replacement Method
Average yield of the toner cartridge:

Canon Cartridge 731 Black *1 *2
1,400 pages

Canon Cartridge 731 H Black *1 *2
"Toner Cartridge
2,400 pages Replacement"
Canon Cartridge 731 Yellow Average yield of Composite Y (Yellow), M (Magenta), and
Canon Cartridge 731 Magenta C (Cyan) toner cartridges:
*1 *2
Canon Cartridge 731 Cyan 1,500 pages
*1 The average yield is on the basis of "ISO/IEC 19798"* when printing A4 size paper with the default print density
setting.
* "ISO/IEC 19798" is the global standard related to "Method for the determination of toner cartridge yield for
monochromatic electrophotographic printers and multi-function devices that contain printer components" issued
by ISO (International Organization for Standardization).
*2 When the toner cartridges need to be replaced soon, a message will appear in the Printer Status Window.
Also, you can check the toner cartridges status in the [Consumables Information] dialog box in the Printer Status
Window.
IMPORTANT
About replacement toner cartridges

For optimum print quality, using Canon genuine toner cartridges is recommended.
Model Name Supported Canon Genuine Toner Cartridge

LBP7100Cn/LBP7110Cw Canon Cartridge 731 Yellow
Canon Cartridge 731 Magenta
Be careful of counterfeit toner cartridges.

Please be aware that there are counterfeit Canon toner cartridges in the marketplace.
Use of counterfeit toner cartridge may result in poor print quality or machine performance.
Canon is not responsible for any malfunction, accident or damage caused by the use of counterfeit toner cartridge.
For more information, see http://www.canon.com/counterfeit.
NOTE
Toner and Toner Cartridge Availability

Toner cartridge for this machine will be available for at least seven (7) years (or any such longer period as required by
applicable laws) after production of this machine model has been discontinued.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻢㻠㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-01F
Checking the Consumables Status

You can check the current consumables status in the [Consumables Information] dialog box in the Printer Status Window.
For details on the Printer Status Window, see "Printer Status Window."
[Toner Cartridge Information]

You can check the status of the toner cartridges of each color.
Status Bar
Message Status Solution
(Example:Black)
Available Continue using as normal.
Have ready replacement toner

Replacement cartridge.
The toner cartridge is nearing the end
Needed We recommend that you replace
of its life.
Soon the toner cartridge before printing a
large amount of data.
The toner cartridge has reached the
Replace the toner cartridge.
end of its life.
Replace Solve the problem following the

Cartridge Print quality cannot be guaranteed due message displayed in the Printer
to the toner cartridge reaching the end Status Window.
of its life and so on. "A Message Appears in the
Insert The toner cartridge is not installed.

Install the toner cartridge properly.
Cartridge Wrong color toner cartridge is installed.
NOTE
Replacement procedure for the toner cartridges

"Toner Cartridge Replacement"
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻢㻡㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-01H
Maintenance
Toner Cartridge Replacement

Replacing the Toner Cartridge
Storing Toner Cartridges
Moving the Printer
Cleaning the Printer

Adjusting Colors and Correcting Color Mismatches (Calibration/Color Mismatch Correction)
Cleaning the Inside of the Printer
Cleaning the Outside of the Printer
Location of the Serial Number
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻢㻢㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-01J
Toner Cartridge Replacement

Toner cartridges are consumable products. When the toner cartridges are nearing the end of their life, a message will
appear in the Printer Status Window. Follow the directions in the message.
For details on the yield of the toner cartridges or replacement toner cartridges, see "Consumables."
Message Solution
Have ready the replacement toner cartridges of the displayed

colors.
It is recommended that you replace the toner cartridges before

printing a large amount of data.
"Replacing the Toner Cartridge"
It is recommended that you replace the toner cartridges of the

displayed colors.
You can continue printing as is, however, as this may

result in damage to the printer.

displayed colors.
You can continue printing as is, however, print quality

may deteriorate.
Replace the toner cartridges of the displayed colors.

You can continue printing as is by clicking [ ]

(Resolve Error), however, as this may result in damage to
the printer.

displayed colors.
You can continue printing as is by clicking [ ]
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻢㻣㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

(Resolve Error), however, print quality may deteriorate.
* <Toner Colors> displays the colors of the toner cartridges targeted for messages. (Multiple colors of the toner cartridges
may be displayed.)
<In cases such as where you do not immediately replace the toner cartridge with a replacement
toner cartridge after purchasing it>
Pay attention to the points described in the following section to store it.
"Storing Toner Cartridges"
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻢㻤㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-01K
Attention (Toner Cartridge)
See "Important Safety Instructions" or "Storing Toner Cartridges" also.
IMPORTANT
About replacement toner cartridges

For optimum print quality, using Canon genuine toner cartridges is recommended.
Model Name Supported Canon Genuine Toner Cartridge

LBP7100Cn/LBP7110Cw Canon Cartridge 731 Yellow
Canon Cartridge 731 Magenta
Be careful of counterfeit toner cartridges.

Please be aware that there are counterfeit Canon toner cartridges in the marketplace.
Use of counterfeit toner cartridge may result in poor print quality or machine performance.
Canon is not responsible for any malfunction, accident or damage caused by the use of counterfeit toner cartridge.
For more information, see http://www.canon.com/counterfeit.
Hold the toner cartridge properly.

When handling the toner cartridge, hold it properly as shown in the figure. Do not place it vertically or upside-down.
Do not touch the electrical contacts (A), the toner cartridge memory (B), or the photosensitive
drum (C).
If you touch the electrical contacts (A) or the toner cartridge memory (B), this may result in damage to the cartridge.
Also, print quality may deteriorate if you touch or damage the photosensitive drum (C). Do not touch with your hands.
Do not touch the high-voltage contacts (D).

If you touch the high-voltage contacts (D), this may result in damage to the printer.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻢㻥㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

Precautions when installing toner cartridges
The position of the toner cartridges in the printer is determined by the toner color. Install the toner cartridges in the slots
that have labels of the same color.
Other precautions
Do not expose the toner cartridges to direct sunlight or strong light.
Do not attempt to disassemble or modify the toner cartridges.
Condensation (water droplets on the inside or outside) may form on the toner cartridges when they are brought into
an environment with a sudden change in temperature or humidity.
When moving a new toner cartridge to a location with change in temperature, leave the cartridge in the protective
bag at the new location for two or more hours to allow it to adjust to the new temperature.
Do not leave the front cover open for a long time with the toner cartridges installed.
Keep the toner cartridges away from products that generate magnetic waves, such as a computer or computer
display.
NOTE
About the packing materials

The packing materials may be changed in form or placement, or may be added or removed without notice.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻣㻜㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-01L
Replacing the Toner Cartridge
You can check the current toner cartridges status of each color in the [Consumables Information] dialog box in the
Printer Status Window.
Before replacing the toner cartridge, see "Attention (Toner Cartridge)."
1
Open the front cover.
2
Press the lever and pull out the toner cartridge tray.
3
Hold the toner cartridge to be replaced by its handle and pull it straight up and out of the printer.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻣㻝㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

4
Take out the new toner cartridge from the protective bag.
You can open the protective bag with your hands from the notch.
When opening the protective bag with scissors, be careful not to damage the toner cartridge.
Keep the protective bag. Do not discard it. You will need it when you remove the toner cartridge for printer
maintenance or other purposes.
5
Shake the toner cartridge five or six times as shown in the figure to evenly distribute the toner inside
the cartridge.
Do not remove the drum protective cover (A).
6
Place the toner cartridge on a flat surface.
7
Remove the tab, and then pull out the sealing tape (approx. 50 cm).
IMPORTANT
Precautions when pulling out the sealing tape

Do not pull the sealing tape diagonally, upward, or downward. If the tape is severed, this may become difficult to
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻣㻞㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

pull out completely.
If the sealing tape stops at midpoint, pull it out of the toner cartridge completely. If any tape remains in the toner
cartridge, this may result in poor print quality.
Dispose of the removed sealing tape according to local regulations.
8
Remove the drum protective cover (A).
Keep the drum protective cover. Do not discard it. You will need it when you remove the toner cartridge for printer
maintenance or other purposes.
9
Install the toner cartridge.
Be careful not to let the drum impact the frame of the toner cartridge tray.
10
Push in the toner cartridge tray.
11
Close the front cover.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻣㻟㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

If you cannot close the front cover
Make sure that the toner cartridge tray is closed. Do not try to forcefully close the front cover, as this may damage
the printer.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻣㻠㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-01R
Storing Toner Cartridges

Be careful of the following points when storing a new toner cartridge or handling a toner cartridge that was taken out of the
printer for maintenance or moving the printer.
IMPORTANT
Precautions when storing toner cartridges

To use toner cartridges in a safe and trouble-free manner, store them in a place that fulfills the following conditions.
Do not store toner cartridges in a location exposed to direct sunlight.
Do not store toner cartridges in a location subject to high temperature or humidity or in a location with dramatic
changes in temperature or humidity.
Storage temperature range: 0 to 35 °C
Storage humidity range: 35 to 85% RH (no condensation)
Do not store toner cartridges in a place where corrosive gases, such as ammonia, are generated, or where a
considerable amount of salt is contained in the air, or where there is a lot of dust.
Keep toner cartridges out of the reach of small children.
Store toner cartridges in the same orientation as when they are installed in the printer.
Do not store toner cartridges vertically or upside-down.
When removing the toner cartridges which are being used from the printer
Immediately attach the drum protective cover (A) to the toner cartridges and place them into the original protective bag,
or wrap them with thick cloth.
About a new toner cartridge

Do not take a new toner cartridge out of the protective bag until it is ready to be used.
NOTE
About condensation
Even within the storable humidity range, water droplets may develop both inside and outside toner cartridges due to the
difference in temperature. The formation of water droplets is called condensation.
Condensation will adversely affect the quality of toner cartridges.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻣㻡㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-01S
Moving the Printer

When changing the location of the printer or moving the printer for maintenance, be sure to perform the following
procedure.
For details on the installation location, see "Confirming the Supplied Accessories and Checking the Installation
Location."
1
Turn the printer OFF, then disconnect the cables or cords from the printer.
<How to disconnect the cable or cord>
(2) Turn the computer off.

USB cable *
(3) Disconnect the cable from the printer.
LAN cable * (4) Disconnect the cable from the printer.
(5) Disconnect the power plug from the AC power outlet.

Power cord
* Whether the cable is connected or not varies depending on your environment.
2
Pull out the paper drawer.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻣㻢㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

3
Carry the printer unit to the installation location.
Carry the printer by holding it by the lift handles from the front side.
Check the weight of the printer, and carry the printer carefully.
"Printer Specifications"
4
Set the paper drawer in the printer.
5
Connect the removed cable or cord.
<How to connect the cable or cord>
USB cable * Connect to the USB connector on the printer.
LAN cable * Connect to the LAN connector on the printer.
(1) Plug the power cord to the power socket on the printer.
Power cord
(2) Plug the power plug into the AC power outlet.
When transporting the printer unit

To prevent damage to the printer during transport, perform the following.
Remove the toner cartridges.
See "Storing Toner Cartridges" also.
Securely pack the printer in the original box with packing materials in the box.
If the original box and packing materials in the box are not available, find an appropriate box along with packing
materials and pack the printer and the parts appropriately.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻣㻣㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-01U
Cleaning the Printer
Adjusting Colors and Correcting Color Mismatches (Calibration/Color Mismatch

Correction)
Perform calibration or color mismatch correction when the colors have changed or color mismatches have occurred
and the data is not printed in the correct colors (specified colors).

If the printed paper has smudge marks or the print quality has deteriorated, clean the inside of the printer.
Cleaning the inside of the printer can prevent print quality deterioration.

Periodically clean the outer surfaces and ventilation slots of the printer to maintain the optimal printing quality.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻣㻤㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-01W
Adjusting Colors and Correcting Color Mismatches (Calibration/Color

Mismatch Correction)
Adjusting Color (Calibration)

Perform calibration of the printer when the colors have changed and the data is not printed in the correct colors
(specified colors).
Correcting Color Mismatches (Color Mismatch Correction)

Perform color mismatch correction of the printer when color mismatches have occurred and the data is not printed in
the correct colors (specified colors).
NOTE
Performing calibration or color mismatch correction at the designated time or immediately after
the printer is turned ON
You can set the printer to automatically perform calibration at the designated time every day or to perform calibration or
color mismatch correction immediately after the printer is turned ON.
"Auto Image Quality Adjustment Settings"
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻣㻥㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-01X
Adjusting Color (Calibration)

This section describes the procedure for performing calibration manually.
IMPORTANT
Precautions when performing calibration

If you perform calibration frequently, this may affect the life of the toner cartridges.
Perform calibration after making sure that the toner remains in the toner cartridges.
You can check the current toner cartridges status of each color in the [Consumables Information] dialog box in
the Printer Status Window.
If you perform calibration in the state where the toner cartridges have reached the end of their life, calibration
may not finish properly. In this case, replace the toner cartridges, and then perform calibration again.
1
Click [ ] displayed in the task tray, and then select a printer name.
2
!# $#
3
Click [OK].
NOTE
Calibration time
It takes approximately 130 seconds.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻤㻜㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻤㻝㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠
0F40-01Y
Correcting Color Mismatches (Color Mismatch Correction)

This section describes the procedure for performing color mismatch correction manually.
IMPORTANT
Precautions when correcting color mismatches

If you perform color mismatch correction frequently, this may affect the life of the toner cartridges.
Perform color mismatch correction after making sure that the toner remains in the toner cartridges.
You can check the current toner cartridges status of each color in the [Consumables Information] dialog box in
the Printer Status Window.
If you perform color mismatch correction in the state where the toner cartridges have reached the end of their
life, color mismatch correction may not finish properly. In this case, replace the toner cartridges, and then
perform color mismatch correction again.
1
2
!% #!
3
Click [OK].
NOTE
Color mismatch correction time
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻤㻞㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻤㻟㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-020
Auto Image Quality Adjustment Settings

You can use the following procedure to set the printer to automatically perform calibration at the designated time everyday
or to perform calibration or color mismatch correction immediately after the printer is turned ON.
1
2
'# *# +
3
Specify the auto image quality adjustment settings.
When performing calibration automatically at the designated time everyday
(1) Select the [Use Periodical Calibration Timer] check box.

(2) Specify the time to perform calibration in [Time].
If calibration is not automatically performed

When the printer is under the following circumstances, calibration is not performed even if [Use Periodical Calibration
Timer] is specified.
When the printer is busy printing or an error is occurring
When the time specified in [Time] has come within 30 minutes after performing calibration last time
(Calibration is performed if the power of the printer is cycled before the specified time.)
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻤㻠㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

When you perform calibration or color mismatch correction immediately after the printer is turned ON
Select [Execute Immediately (Level 1)] or [Execute Immediately (Level 2)] in [Image Quality Adjustment at Startup].
Only color mismatch correction is performed immediately after the printer is turned
[Execute Immediately (Level 1)]
ON.
Calibration and color mismatch correction are performed immediately after the
[Execute Immediately (Level 2)]
printer is turned ON.
When calibration or color mismatch correction is performed immediately after the printer is turned ON, extra time is
required until the printer is ready to print.
If eight or more hours has elapsed from the time the printer entered the sleep mode until the time the sleep mode was
canceled, calibration or color mismatch correction will be performed according to the [Image Quality Adjustment at
Startup] setting when the sleep mode is canceled.
(Depending on your environment, calibration or color mismatch correction may be performed even if less than eight
hours has elapsed.)
If calibration or color mismatch correction is not automatically performed
Depending on the internal state of the printer, even if [Execute Immediately (Level 1)] or [Execute
Immediately (Level 2)] is selected, calibration or color mismatch correction may not be performed
immediately after the printer is turned ON.
If less than eight hours has elapsed from the time the printer was turned OFF until the time the printer was
turned ON again, calibration or color mismatch correction may not be performed immediately after the printer
is turned ON.
4
Click [OK].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻤㻡㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-021
Cleaning the Fixing Roller of the Printer

If the printed paper has smudge marks, clean the fixing roller of the printer.
Cleaning the Transfer Belt of the Printer

If the transfer belt of the printer has dirt, this may result in deterioration in print quality. In this case, clean the
transfer belt.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻤㻢㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-022
Cleaning the Fixing Roller of the Printer
A4 plain paper is required to clean the fixing roller. Have A4 plain paper ready.
1
Load A4 plain paper in the paper drawer.
"Loading Paper"
2
3
! # ;
4
Click [OK].
ĺ The paper is fed into the printer, and the printer starts cleaning the fixing roller.
NOTE
Cleaning time
Cleaning the fixing roller cannot be canceled. Please wait until it is completed.
(The cleaning is finished when the paper is output completely.)
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻤㻣㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻤㻤㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠
0F40-023
Cleaning the Transfer Belt of the Printer
1
2
! # =
3
Click [OK].
ĺ The message <Cleaning> appears in the Printer Status Window, and the printer starts cleaning the transfer belt.
NOTE
Cleaning time
Cleaning the transfer belt cannot be canceled. Please wait until it is completed.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻤㻥㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-024
Before cleaning the outside of the printer, see "Attention (Cleaning)."
1

USB cable *

Power cord
2
Firmly wring a soft cloth dampened with water or a mild detergent diluted with water, and wipe off
the dirt.
3
After wiping off the dirt, wipe the printer with a dry cloth.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻥㻜㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

4
When the printer is completely dry, connect the removed cable or cord.
<How to connect the cable or cord>
USB cable * Connect to the USB connector on the printer.
LAN cable * Connect to the LAN connector on the printer.
(1) Plug the power cord to the power socket on the printer.
Power cord
(2) Plug the power plug into the AC power outlet.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻥㻝㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-025
Attention (Cleaning)
IMPORTANT
Precautions when cleaning the outside of the printer

Do not use a cleaning agent other than water or a mild detergent diluted with water, as this may deform or crack
the plastic materials in the printer.
When using a mild detergent, be sure to dilute it with water.
Also, if you use a mild detergent for cleaning, be sure to wipe away the detergent with a soft cloth dampened with
water.
Grease or oil does not have to be applied to this printer. Do not apply grease or oil.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻥㻞㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-026
Location of the Serial Number

The serial number is required for receiving maintenance service.
You can find the serial number at the location shown in the following figure.
Do not remove the labels on which the serial number is indicated.
Rear of the printer
Outside view of the packaging box
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻥㻟㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-027
Printer Installation
When installing the printer, perform the following procedures.
Before installing the printer, see "Attention (Printer Installation)."
Checking before
Installing the Printer
Confirming the
1 Supplied "Confirming the Supplied Accessories and Checking the Installation Location"
Accessories
Checking the
Installation Location
Removing the
2 Packing Materials
"Removing the Packing Materials"

Carrying the Printer
to the Installation
3 Location
"Installing the Printer"
Connecting the
Power Cord
4 Loading Paper "Loading Paper"

5 Driver
"Installing the Printer Driver"
Registering the
6 Paper Size and Type
"Registering the Paper Size and Type"
Checking the Check the operations by Configuration Page Print.

7 Printing Operation "Checking the Printer Settings"
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻥㻠㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-028
Attention (Printer Installation)
IMPORTANT
Protecting the printer from condensation

To prevent condensation from forming inside the printer in the following cases, adjust the printer to the ambient
temperature and humidity for at least two hours before use.
When the room where the printer is installed is heated rapidly
When the printer is moved from a cool or dry location to a hot or humid location
If water droplets (condensation) form inside the printer, this can result in paper jams or poor print quality.
Precautions for the power supply

Use an AC power outlet exclusively for the printer. Do not use the other sockets of the AC power outlet.
Do not plug the power plug into the auxiliary outlet on a computer.
Do not use the same AC power outlet for both the printer and any of the following equipment.
Copy machine
Air conditioner
Shredder
Equipment that consumes a large amount of electricity
Equipment that generates electrical noise
The maximum power consumption of the printer is 800 W or less.
Electrical noise or a dramatic drop in mains voltage may cause the printer or computer to operate incorrectly or lose
data.
Do not install the printer in the following locations, as this may result in damage to the printer.
A location subject to dramatic changes in temperature or humidity
A location subject to condensation
A poorly ventilated location
(If you use the printer for a long time or to perform a large amount of printing in a poorly ventilated room, the ozone
or other odors generated by the printer may create an uncomfortable working environment. In addition, chemical
particles are dispersed during printing. Therefore, it is important to provide adequate ventilation.)
A location near equipment that generates magnetic or electromagnetic waves
A laboratory or location where chemical reactions occur
A location exposed to salt air, corrosive gases, or toxic gases
A location, such as on a carpet or mat, that may warp from the weight of the printer or where the printer is liable to
sink
Precautions when preparing the toner cartridge

cartridge, this may result in low print quality.
For details on the other precautions, see "Attention (Toner Cartridge)."
Precautions when connecting the power cord

Do not plug the power plug of the printer into an auxiliary outlet on a computer.
One AC power outlet should be used exclusively for the printer.
Do not connect this printer to an uninterruptible power source.
This may cause printer malfunction or breakdown in the event of a power failure.
When turning ON the printer for the first time after the printer installation
Before turning ON the printer, be sure to remove the sealing tape from the toner cartridges installed in the printer.
Before turning ON the printer, be sure to insert the paper drawer in the printer.
Although a sheet of blank paper may be output, this is not an error.
NOTE
About the consumables included with this printer
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻥㻡㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

The replacement timing of the included consumables is as follows.

K (Black) Toner Cartridge
800 pages *
Y (Yellow) Toner Cartridge Average yield of Composite Y (Yellow), M (Magenta), and C (Cyan) toner
M (Magenta) Toner Cartridge cartridges:
C (Cyan) Toner Cartridge 800 pages *
*
The average yield is on the basis of "ISO/IEC 19798"**when printing A4 size paper with the default print
density setting.
** "ISO/IEC 19798" is the global standard related to "Method for the determination of toner cartridge yield for
color printers and multi-function devices that contain printer components" issued by ISO (International
Organization for Standardization).
For purchasing consumables, see "Consumables."
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻥㻢㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-029
Confirming the Supplied Accessories and Checking the Installation

Location
Confirming the Supplied Accessories

Make sure that all the supplied accessories are contained in the box before installing the printer.
If an item is missing or damaged, please contact your local authorized Canon dealer.
NOTE
This printer includes two "User Software" CD-ROMs.

You can use either CD-ROM.
About interface cables

LBP7110Cw comes with a USB cable.
When you connect a USB cable and specify the settings using "MF/LBP Network Setup Tool", use the supplied
USB cable.
When you use LBP7100Cn or this printer with a method other than USB connection, have an appropriate interface
cable available for the computer you are using or the connecting method.
Use a USB cable with the following symbol.
About the Supplied Manuals

The manuals supplied with this printer consist of the following. Read these manuals according to your purpose and make
full use of this printer.
Manual Name Contents
Quick Setup Guide Explains the procedure for installing the printer.
Explains all the operations of this printer, such as how to use the printer and
e-Manual troubleshooting.
(The contents of "Quick Setup Guide" are also included.)
This is the simple manual (PDF format) written in the following languages.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻥㻣㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

Arabic, Bulgarian, Croatian, Czech, Estonian, Greek, Hungarian, Latvian,
Getting Started Guide
Lithuanian, Persian, Portuguese, Romanian, Slovakian, Slovenian, Turkish,
Ukrainian
To view the manual in PDF format, Adobe Reader/Adobe Acrobat Reader is required.
If Adobe Reader/Adobe Acrobat Reader is not installed on your system, download it from the Adobe Systems
Incorporated Web site.
Checking the Installation Location

In order to use this printer in a safe and trouble-free manner, install the printer in a place that fulfills the following
conditions.
Temperature and Humidity Conditions
Temperature range 10 to 30 °C (50 to 86 °F)
Humidity range 20 to 80 % RH (no condensation)
Power Supply Requirements

220 to 240 V (± 10 %), 50/60 Hz (± 2 Hz)
Installation Requirements
A location with sufficient space
Refer to the following dimensions of each part and ensure the installation space. (Secure space more than 100 mm
on the right side.)
A location with good ventilation

A location with a flat, even surface
A location able to fully support the weight of the printer
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻥㻤㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-02A
Removing the Packing Materials
NOTE
Store the packing materials come up during unpacking.

The box comes with when you purchased the printer and the packing materials in the box are required when transporting
the printer for relocation or maintenance.
About the packing materials

The packing materials may be changed in form or placement, or may be added or removed without notice.
Remove all the orange tape if it is attached to the printer when performing the following
procedure.
1
Open the rear cover.
2
Remove the packing material with tape on the transfer roller.
3
Close the rear cover.
4
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻥㻥㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠
Open the front cover.
5
Press the lever and pull out the toner cartridge tray.
6
Hold down the toner cartridge as shown in the figure.
7
Remove the tab, and then pull out the sealing tape (approx. 50 cm).
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻜㻜㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

IMPORTANT
Precautions when pulling out the sealing tape

Do not pull out the sealing tape in the direction other than the arrow. If the tape is severed, this may become
difficult to pull out completely.
cartridge, this may result in poor print quality.
Dispose of the removed sealing tape according to local regulations.
8
Pull out the sealing tapes of all the toner cartridges.
Make sure that all four pieces of sealing tape have been removed.
9
Push in the toner cartridge tray.
10
Close the front cover.
If you cannot close the front cover

Make sure that the toner cartridge tray is closed. Do not try to forcefully close the front cover, as this may damage
the printer.
Check !
Checking if the packing materials are removed

Make sure that the following packing materials are completely removed.
Dispose of the above packing materials according to local regulations.
Make sure that all the orange tape is completely removed.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻜㻝㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

Close the covers and insert the paper drawer
after you finish checking.
Next, install the printer.

"Installing the Printer"
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻜㻞㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-02C
Carrying the Printer to the Installation Location
1
Pull out the paper drawer of the printer.
2
Carry the printer unit to the installation location.
Carry the printer by holding it by the lift handles from the front side.
Check the weight of the printer, and carry the printer carefully.
"Printer Specifications"
3
Insert the paper drawer in the printer.
Connecting the Power Cord
1
Connect the power cord.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻜㻟㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

NOTE
The form of the supplied power cord

The form of the supplied power cord may differ from the one in the above illustration.
Next, perform the following procedures.
1 Loading Paper "Loading Paper"

2 Driver
Registering the
3 Paper Size and Type
Checking the Check the operations by Configuration Page Print.

4 Printing Operation "Checking the Printer Settings"
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻜㻠㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-02E
Driver Installation
Installing the Printer Driver
Uninstalling the Printer Driver
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻜㻡㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-02F
Installing the Printer Driver

The printer driver is software required for printing with this printer.
For details on the system environment required to use the printer driver, see "System Requirements for Printing."
The procedure for installing the printer driver varies depending on the system environment. See the following according to
your system environment.
If You Use the Printer by Direct Connection
It is recommended that normally the printer driver be installed using "Easy Installation" on the supplied CD-ROM (CD-ROM
Setup).
You can specify the printer connection settings and install the printer driver using "Easy Installation" as a series of
operations. The e-Manual is also installed simultaneously.
Easy Installation
NOTE
Installing the printer driver with Plug and Play (USB connection)
See "Basic Operations/Various Information for Windows."
If you are using Windows 7 or Server 2008 R2, install the printer driver using "Easy Installation."
(You may not be able to install the printer driver properly due to the Windows restriction even after detecting the
printer with Plug and Play.)
Setting a port and installing the printer driver from the printer folder (network connection)
See "Setting a Port and Installing the Printer Driver."
To specify the connection settings, see "Specifying the Connection Settings."
If You Use the Printer with via the Print Server
There are two ways to install the printer driver: local installation and download installation.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻜㻢㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

Local Installation
You can install the printer driver using the supplied CD-ROM. The e-Manual is also installed simultaneously in "Easy
Installation."
Easy Installation
Download Installation
You can install the printer driver without using the supplied CD-ROM, but by downloading the printer driver from the
print server.
There are the following two ways to download and install the printer driver.
Installing from the Printer Folder
Installing from [Windows Explorer]
NOTE
Precautions when downloading and installing the printer driver

If a 64-bit operating system is running on the print server, the download installation for a client computer on which any of
the following 32-bit operating systems is running is not supported due to the Windows restriction.
Windows XP (on which no service pack or SP1 is installed)
Windows Server 2003 (on which no service pack is installed)
If you download and install the printer driver on any of the above 32-bit operating systems, you may fail to install
the driver and may not be able to open the printing preferences dialog box.
To configure the print server

See "Configuring the Print Server."
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻜㻣㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-02H
Easy Installation
1
Turn the computer on, and then log on to Windows as a user with administrative rights.
If a screen appears through the Plug and Play automatic setup (USB connection)
Click [Cancel], turn OFF the printer, and then use this procedure to install the printer driver.
2
3
Click [Easy Installation].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻜㻤㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠



4
Click [Start].
5
Read the contents of License Agreement, and then click [Yes].
6
Specify the printer connection settings as needed.
Before specifying the settings, see "Connecting the Printer and Computer."
The setting procedure varies depending on your environment. Follow the instructions on the screen
to specify the settings.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻜㻥㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

If you have a problem during the connection settings
Click [Useful Tips] at the bottom left of the screen and see the help contents.
7
Install the printer driver after specifying the printer connection settings.
1. Click [Display Readme File].
2. Read the contents of the Readme file and then close the file.
It contains important information and special information not found in the e-Manual.
3. Click [Next].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻝㻜㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠
4. Select the method of installation.
When connecting with USB

Select [Install with USB Connection].
When connecting to a network

Select [Search for Network Printers to Install].
When connecting via the print server (client)
Select [Manually Set Port to Install].
NOTE
To select the port type (network connection)

Click [Detailed Settings].
The port that can automatically detect the IP address of the printer.
Even if the IP address of the printer changes, the port does not have to
be changed because a new IP address is detected automatically when
[MFNP Port] the printer and computer are on the same subnet.
MFNP Port only supports IPv4. (It does not support IPv6.)
TCP/IP Port that is standard with Windows.

[Standard TCP/IP Port] If the IP address of the printer is changed, the port to be used with the
printer driver should be changed.
5. The installation procedure varies depending on the installation method. Follow the instructions
on the screen to install the printer driver.
If you do not understand using the following screen
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻝㻝㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

Click the links on each screen to see the provided description.
[Select Printers to Install] Screen [Printer Information] Screen
If the USB cable is connected but the printer is not automatically recognized (USB
connection)
"The Printer Is Not Recognized Automatically"
8
After the printer driver is installed, installation of the e-Manual starts.
Please wait a moment until the installation is complete. (It may take a long time to install the e-Manual.)
9
Click [Exit].
10
Confirm that [ ] appears in [Install], and then click [Next].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻝㻞㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

If [ ] appears
"You Cannot Install the Printer Driver"
11
Restart your computer.
(1) Select the [Restart Computer Now] check box.

(2) Click [Restart].
When the installation is complete, an icon and folder for this printer will be created.
"After Installation"
If you want to change the network settings for the printer, see "Changing the Network Settings for the Printer."
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻝㻟㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-02J
Connecting the Printer and Computer

The following are the procedure and precautions when connecting the printer to a computer.
USB Connection
Wired LAN Connection
Wireless LAN Connection (LBP7110Cw Only)
NOTE
You cannot use a wired LAN and wireless LAN at the same time
When using the printer with a wireless LAN connection, do not connect a LAN cable to the printer. This may result in
malfunction.
USB Connection
IMPORTANT
Do not plug or unplug the USB cable while the printer or computer is ON
This may cause the printer to malfunction.
About unidirectional communication equipment

The printer performs bi-directional communication. Operation of the printer when connected via unidirectional
communication equipment is not tested, and as a result, Canon cannot guarantee printer operation if the printer is
connected using unidirectional print servers, USB hubs or switching devices.
NOTE
About the USB cable

LBP7110Cw comes with a USB cable. When you use LBP7100Cn, have an appropriate USB cable available for the
computer you are using.
Use a USB cable with the following symbol.
1
Make sure that the printer and computer are OFF.
2
Connect the USB cable.
Flat end (A): Connects to a USB port on your computer.

Square end (B): Connects to the USB connector on this printer.
Do not turn the printer ON at this stage even if you want to install the printer driver.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻝㻠㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

Wired LAN Connection
See "Attention (Wired LAN Connection)" before connecting the printer to a wired LAN.
1
Connect the LAN cable.
2
Turn the printer ON.
3
Make sure that the LNK indicator (A) on the network interface is on.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻝㻡㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

When the LNK indicator is off
"All the Indicators on the Network Interface Are Off"
Wireless LAN Connection (LBP7110Cw Only)
See "Attention (Wireless LAN Connection) (LBP7110Cw Only)" before connecting the printer to a wireless LAN.
1
Follow the instructions of "MF/LBP Network Setup Tool" to specify the connection settings.
To directly start "MF/LBP Network Setup Tool," see "Directly Starting the MF/LBP Network Setup Tool."
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻝㻢㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-02K
Attention (Wired LAN Connection)
IMPORTANT
About network security

Connecting to an unsecured network environment creates a risk that personal information and other data may be leaked
to a third party. Please be careful.
NOTE
Use in an office
For details on the network settings, consult your network administrator.
About the network environment

This printer supports 10BASE-T and 100BASE-TX connections.
About the LAN cable

This printer does not come with a LAN cable or a hub. Have cables or a hub ready as needed.
Use a Category 5 or higher twisted pair cable for the LAN.
If you want to connect the printer to a 100BASE-TX Ethernet network, all the devices to be connected to the LAN
(hub, LAN cable, and network board for computer) must support 100BASE-TX.
For details, see the instruction manual of each device or contact the manufacturer.
If the printer is connected to a switching hub

Even if the network settings are correct, the printer may not be able to connect to the network. This is because
communication cannot be performed between the printer and switching hub immediately after connecting the two devices
due to the spanning tree process between the devices.
In this case, you must have the printer waiting to start the network connection.
"Specifying the Waiting Time Until Connected to the Network"
For details on the spanning tree process and other switching hub functions, contact the manufacturer.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻝㻣㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-02L
Attention (Wireless LAN Connection) (LBP7110Cw Only)
Precautions Regarding Security When Using Wireless LAN Products
Wireless LAN offers the advantage of sending and receiving information to and from a computer by radio waves between
wireless LAN access points instead of a LAN cable in the range of the wireless signal.
However, the radio waves can reach all areas within range even through obstructions (such as walls), so if security
settings are not configured, the following problems can occur.
Snooping of transmitted information

A malicious third party can deliberately intercept the radio signal to snoop for transmitted information, including your
ID, password, credit card information and other personal information, and contents of sent e-mail.
Illegal access to a network

A malicious third party can access a personal or corporate network without authorization to commit the following acts.
Obtaining personal and confidential information (information leak)
Deceiving a specific person and sending unauthorized information (spoofing)
Rewriting intercepted information and sending it (tampering)
Damaging data or a system by spreading a computer virus (cracking)
Wireless LAN cards and wireless LAN access points have security measures to help prevent these problems when used
with the security features configured.
It is recommended that you configure the security settings to use your products at your discretion LAN device, and you
are responsible for all actions should you choose not to configure the security settings.
IMPORTANT
About security
Connecting to an unsecured network environment creates a risk that personal information and other data may be
leaked to a third party. Please be careful.
This printer supports the following security systems.
128 (104)/64 (40) bit WEP
WPA-PSK (TKIP/AES-CCMP)
WPA2-PSK (TKIP/AES-CCMP)
For details on the security of your wireless LAN access point, see the instruction manual of the wireless LAN
access point or contact the manufacturer.
This printer does not support IEEE 802.1X authentication.
About signal strength

Wireless LAN uses radio waves; therefore, nearby wireless LAN access points may be detected.
If the specified access point name (SSID) has been manually entered and there are multiple wireless LAN access points
with the same SSID and security information, connect to the wireless LAN access point with the strongest signal (RSSI).
NOTE
Use in an office
For details on the network settings, consult your network administrator.
Equipment required for a wireless LAN connection

This printer does not come with a wireless LAN access point or other related devices. Have a wireless LAN access
point ready as needed.
When using this printer in a wireless LAN environment, you must use a wireless LAN access point with a 2.4-GHz
frequency that conforms to IEEE 802.11b/g/n.
For details, see the instruction manual of each device or contact the manufacturer.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻝㻤㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻝㻥㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠
0F40-02R
[Select Printers to Install] Screen

Use this screen to select the printer to be installed, as shown below.
1
Add the printer to [Printer List for Driver Installation].
(1) Select the printer to install.

(2) Click [Add].
If no devices are displayed in [Printer List]

"The Printer Cannot Be Searched for"
NOTE
About [IPv6 Devices] tab

This tab is displayed only when Standard TCP/IP Port is used.
You can select the port to use from the [Detailed Settings] dialog box, which appears when [Detailed Settings] is
clicked on the [Printer Installation] screen.
2
(1) Select the [Set Printer Information] check box.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻞㻜㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

(2) Click [Next].
ĺ Proceed to the [Printer Information] Screen.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻞㻝㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-02S
[Printer Information] Screen

Use this screen to specify the port to use with the printer, the printer name, and other printer information.
When using a port that has already been specified

Select the port to use with the printer.
When adding a port
Click [Add Port].
For details on the port settings, see Step 4 and subsequent steps in
(1) [Port] "Configuring and Changing the Port."
When connecting via the print server (client)

See "Port Setting When Using the Printer via the Print Server."
When connecting via the print server (selecting [Network] with [Add Port]), you
cannot specify (2) [Printer Name] and (4) [Use as Shared Printer] below.
(2) [Printer Name] Enter a new name if you want to change the printer name.
(3) [Set as Default] Select the check box if you want to use this printer as the default printer.
Select the check box to use the computer on which the printer driver is being installed as
the print server.
For details on the printer sharing (print server environment), see "If You Use the
Printer in the Print Server Environment."
[Shared Name]
Change the shared name as needed.
[Drivers to Add]
When sharing a printer, use the following procedure to install the additional driver.
(1) Click [Drivers to Add].

(4) [Use as Shared Printer] (2) Select an operating system displayed in [Drivers to Add].
(3) Click [OK].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻞㻞㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

Port Setting When Using the Printer via the Print Server
Specify the port using the following procedure.
1
Click [Add Port].
2
Select a port to be added.
(1) Select [Network].

(2) Click [OK].
3
Select a shared printer.
(1) Select a shared printer on the print server.

(2) Click [OK].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻞㻟㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻞㻠㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠
0F40-02U
After Installation
If the printer driver is installed properly, the following icons, folders, and so on are added to the following locations.
Printer folder ( "Basic Operations/Various Information for Windows")

Printer icon for this printer
Task tray
Printer Status Window icon
The icon does not appear if you did not restart your computer after the printer driver installation.
[All Programs] under the [Start] menu

[Canon Printer Uninstaller] - [Canon LBP7100C 7110C Uninstaller]
Use this option when uninstalling the printer driver.

This option does not appear if you install the printer driver using a method other than Easy Installation.
Desktop
[LBP7100C 7110C e-Manual]
This icon does not appear if you install the printer driver using a method other than Easy Installation.
[All Programs] under the [Start] menu
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻞㻡㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

[Canon LBP7100C 7110C] - [LBP7100C 7110C e-Manual]
This option does not appear if you install the printer driver using a method other than Easy Installation.
If the icons and folders are not added

The installation is not completed properly.
See "You Cannot Install the Printer Driver" and install the printer driver again.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻞㻢㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-02W
Uninstalling the Printer Driver

The process of removing the printer driver to restore the computer to the same state as before the printer driver was
installed is referred to as uninstallation. To uninstall the printer driver, perform the following procedure.
1
If a USB cable is connected, turn OFF the printer and computer, and then remove the USB cable.
2
3
Close the following files and programs if open.
Help files
Control Panel
Other applications
4
Start the uninstaller.
)URPWKH>6WDUW@PHQXVHOHFW>$OO3URJUDPV@ĺ>&DQRQ3ULQWHU8QLQVWDOOHU@ĺ>&DQRQ/%3&&8QLQVWDOOHU@
If the uninstaller is not found in the [Start] menu

"Starting the Uninstaller from the CD-ROM"

Click [Yes] or [Allow].
5
If this printer is displayed
(1) Select this printer.

(2) Click [Delete].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻞㻣㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

IMPORTANT
About [Cleanup]
Clicking [Cleanup] deletes all driver files and registry information displayed on the list, including the selected driver.
Normally, uninstall the printer driver using [Delete].
If this printer is not displayed

Click [Cleanup].
6
Click [Yes] to start the uninstallation.
Please wait a moment until the uninstallation is complete. (It may take a long time to uninstall the printer driver.)
When the following screen appears, click [Yes] or [Yes To All].
7
Click [Exit].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻞㻤㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

8
Open the printer folder.
9
Confirm that the icon for this printer is not found.
IMPORTANT
If the icon for this printer is displayed
1. Right-click the icon, and then select [Remove device] or [Delete] from the pop-up menu.
2. Click [Yes].
If the [User Account Control] dialog box appears, click [Yes].
10
Restart Windows.
Next, uninstall the e-Manual using the following procedure.

(If you did not install the e-Manual, you do not need to perform the following procedure.)
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻞㻥㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

11
12



13
Click [Start] in [Manual Uninstaller].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻟㻜㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

14
Click [Uninstall] to start the uninstallation.
Please wait a moment until the uninstallation is complete. (It may take a long time to uninstall the e-Manual.)
15
Click [Exit].
16
Click [Back].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻟㻝㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

17
Click [Exit].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻟㻞㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-02X
Basic Printer Operations
Usable Paper
Precautions for Paper
Printable Area
Paper Loading and Output

Loading Paper
Basic Printing Procedure
How to Use Help
Canceling a Job
Checking the Printer Status
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻟㻟㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-02Y
Usable Paper
The following shows the paper sizes that can be used with this printer.
Paper Type Setting for [Paper Type]*1 Paper Size
A4
B5
A5
Legal
Plain paper *2 Letter

[Plain 1]*3 (Default)
(70 to 85 g/m²) Executive
Statement
Foolscap
16K
Custom Paper Size *4
A4
B5
A5
Legal
Plain paper *2 Letter

[Plain 2]*3 *5
Statement
Foolscap
16K

A4
B5
A5
Legal
Plain paper *2 [Thin 1] Letter

(60 to 74 g/m²) [Thin 2]*6 Executive
Statement
Foolscap
16K

A4
B5
A5
Legal
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻟㻠㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

Heavy paper Letter
[Heavy 1]*5
Statement
Foolscap
16K
A4
B5
A5
Legal
Heavy paper Letter

[Heavy 2]
Statement
Foolscap
16K
Transparency A4
[Transparency]
(black and white printing only) Letter
A4
B5
A5
Legal
Letter
Label [Labels]
Executive
Statement
Foolscap
16K

Index Card [Heavy 2] Index Card
Envelope Monarch
[Envelope]
Envelope No. 10 (COM10)
Envelope [Envelope H]*7
Envelope DL
[Envelope H] Envelope C5
A4
B5
A5
Legal
[Coated 1]*8
Coated paper [Coated 2]*8 Letter
(100 to 220 g/m²) [Coated 3]*8 Executive
[Coated 4]*8
Statement
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻟㻡㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

Foolscap
16K
*1 The setting is located in the [Paper Source] sheet in the printer driver.
*2 Recycled paper can be also used.
*3 If you want to print paper of 75 to 85 g/m², you can specify either of [Plain 1] or [Plain 2]. *9
*4 You can load paper of the following custom paper sizes.
In case of portrait orientation: Width 83.0 to 215.9 mm, Length (Height) 127.0 to 355.6 mm
In case of landscape orientation: Width 127.0 to 215.9 mm, Length (Height) 127.0 to 215.9 mm
*5 If you want to print paper of 86 to 90 g/m², you can specify either of [Plain 2] or [Heavy 1]. *9
*6 If the printed paper curls (the printed side curls outward) when 60 g/m² paper is printed with [Thin 1] selected, select
[Thin 2].
*7 If you want to improve the toner fixation when printed with [Envelope] selected, select [Envelope H].
*8 Specify the setting as follows for coated paper.
100 to 110 g/m²: [Coated 1]
111 to 130 g/m²: [Coated 2]
131 to 160 g/m²: [Coated 3]
161 to 220 g/m²: [Coated 4]
*9 If either setting causes the following problems and so on, specify the other setting to print.
Output paper curls.
Residual images appear on non-printed areas.
The toner does not fix onto paper well, and the printing comes out faint.
IMPORTANT
About print speed

The print speed may drop depending on the paper settings for the size, type, orientation, and number of copies.
When continuously printing paper whose width is less than 190 mm, the print speed may drop gradually.
Precautions for paper
"Precautions for Paper"
NOTE
Printable area
"Printable Area"
Envelope sizes
The envelope sizes are as follows.
Envelope Monarch 98.4 mm x 190.5 mm
Envelope No. 10 (COM10) 104.7 mm x 241.3 mm

Envelope DL 110.0 mm x 220.0 mm
Envelope C5 162.0 mm x 229.0 mm
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻟㻢㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-030
Precautions for Paper
Paper Which Requires Attention Before Use

When using the following types of paper, this may cause influence to the printout results or printer in some cases.
Paper that was stored poorly

Creased or folded paper
Torn or damaged paper
Wrinkled paper
Curled paper
Wet or moist paper
Paper with rough edges
Irregularly-shaped paper
Paper with holes or perforations

Paper with binding holes
Paper with perforations
Paper with adhesive or a special coating

Heat-sensitive paper
Paper with adhesive
Carbon paper
Treated color paper
Specially coated paper (coated paper for ink jet printers and so on)
Paper that was printed by another printer

Paper that was printed by a copy machine or another printer (The reverse side of the paper is also not usable.)
Paper that is difficult for the toner to fix onto

Paper with rough surfaces
Paper containing thick fibers
Paper with an extremely rough or smooth surface
Paper that is thicker or thinner than the specified usable paper
"Usable Paper"
IMPORTANT
About paper with staples, clips, ribbons or tape

This kind of paper may result in the printer malfunction or damage to the printer.
About paper that contains ink that melts, burns, evaporates or emits harmful gases at or lower
than the heating temperature of the fixing unit
This kind of paper may result in the printer malfunction or damage to the printer.
Printing on the reverse side of paper that was previously printed (Performing 2-sided printing
manually)
This printer enables you to perform 2-sided printing manually by inserting the reverse side of the paper * that was
previously printed.
When printing on the reverse side of paper that was previously printed, flatten the curl and load one sheet of paper at a
time in the paper drawer, and perform the following procedure in the printer driver.
1. Display the [Paper Source] sheet.

2. Select the [Print on the Other Side] check box.
* You can use only paper printed by this printer. Also, you cannot print on the printed side again.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻟㻣㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

Storing Paper
The quality of paper may deteriorate if stored improperly even when the paper meets the normal specifications.
Inferior paper may cause misfeeds, paper jams, or deterioration in print quality.
How to store paper

Observe the following guidelines when storing and handling paper.
Store paper on a flat surface.
To help paper avoid moisture or dryness, keep paper in its wrapper until it is ready to be used.
Do not place paper in the condition where it may curl or become creased.
Do not store paper vertically or store too many stacks of paper in one pile.
Do not store paper in the following locations.
A location exposed to direct sunlight
A location subject to high humidity
A dry location
A location with a temperature or humidity that differs significantly from the location where it will be used
If you print on damp paper

If you print on damp paper, steam may be emitted from the printer output area.
Because moisture in the paper is evaporating due to the heat generated when toner fixes, this is not a malfunction. (This is
likely to occur when the room temperature is low.)
Storing Printouts
When handling or storing paper printed by this printer, be careful of the following points.
How to store printouts

Store paper on a flat surface.
Avoid storing printouts in folders made of PVC material, as this may cause the toner to melt and stick to the PVC
material. Toner may peel when printouts are folded or creased.
Store printouts in the condition where they are not folded or creased as toner may peel.
Put printouts in a binder when storing for a long period of time (two years or longer).
Printouts may discolor when stored for a long period of time.
Avoid storing printouts in a location subject to high temperatures.
Precautions when sticking printouts with adhesive

Be sure to use insoluble adhesive.
Test the adhesive on an unneeded printout before using.
Before stacking printouts that stuck with adhesive, check that the adhesive completely dried.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻟㻤㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-031
Printable Area
NOTE
If you want to extend the printable area

Specify the following settings in the printer driver.
1. Click [Advanced Settings] in the [Finishing] sheet.

2. Set [Expand Print Region and Print] to [On].
Depending on the print data to be printed, the edge of paper may be missing partly during printing or may blot
during color printing.
If you are using Macintosh, select the paper that [(Print Area-Large)] or [Borderless] appears in the pull-down
menu.
Plain Paper/Heavy Paper/Transparency/Label/Index Card/Coated Paper

You cannot print on any area within 5 mm of the edges of paper.
Envelope
You cannot print on any area within 10 mm of the edges of an envelope.
You may have to change the printable area before printing, depending on the application you use.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻟㻥㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-032
Paper Loading and Output

This printer has the following paper source and output destination.
Paper Source (A): Paper Drawer "Loading Paper"
Output
(B): Output Tray Outputs paper with the printed side facing down.
Destination
Paper Capacity of the Paper Source and Output Destination
Paper Source Output Destination

Paper Type
Paper Drawer Output Tray *
Plain paper (Ex. 90 g/m²) Approx. 150 sheets Approx. 125 sheets
Heavy paper (Ex. 120 g/m²) Approx. 120 sheets Approx. 50 sheets
Heavy paper (Ex. 163 g/m²) Approx. 100 sheets Approx. 30 sheets
Transparency Approx. 50 sheets 1 sheet
Label Approx. 50 sheets Approx. 10 sheets
Index Card Approx. 15 sheets Approx. 10 sheets
Envelope Approx. 10 sheets Approx. 10 sheets

Coated paper Approx. 100 sheets Approx. 50 sheets
* Actual paper capacity varies depending on the installation environment and paper type to be used.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻠㻜㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-033
Loading Paper
For details on the paper that you can load, "Usable Paper."
Before loading paper, see "Attention (Paper Loading)."
1
2
Slide the paper guides a little wider and longer than the actual paper size.
Slide the paper guide at the front center while holding the lock release lever (A).
When loading paper whose length is longer than A4

Pull out the paper drawer while holding the lock release lever (B) at the
front right.
3
Load the paper with the printing side facing up so that the edges of the stacked paper are aligned
with the rear edge of the paper drawer.
Load paper in portrait orientation.
The following paper can also be loaded in landscape orientation.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻠㻝㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

A5 paper
Statement paper
Custom size paper with a width and length (height) between
127.0 and 215.9 mm
If loading paper in landscape orientation, select the [Feed A5

Horizontally], [Feed Statement Horizontally], or [Feed Custom Paper
Horizontally] check box on the [Paper Source] sheet of the printer
driver when printing.
IMPORTANT
When loading envelopes

See "Printing on Envelopes" and load the paper in the correct orientation.
NOTE
When loading paper with a letterhead or logo

See "Paper Loading Orientation" and load the paper in the correct orientation.
4
Align the paper guides flush with the loaded paper.
Slide the paper guide at the front center while holding the lock release lever (A).
IMPORTANT
Be sure to align the paper guides flush with the paper.

If the paper guides are too loose or too tight, this may result in misfeeds or paper jams.
5
Make sure that the paper stack does not exceed the load limit mark lines (A).
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻠㻞㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

Be sure that the paper stack does not exceed the load limit mark lines. If the paper stack exceeds the load limit mark
lines, this may result in misfeeds.
6
NOTE
When loading paper whose length is longer than A4

Although the front side of the paper drawer is not flush with the front surface of the printer as shown in the figure, the
printer is ready.
Next, register the paper size and type.

Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻠㻟㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-034
Attention (Paper Loading)
IMPORTANT
Do not touch the black rubber pad (A) in the paper drawer.
This may result in misfeeds.
Do not pull out the paper drawer during printing.

This may result in paper jams or damage to the printer.
When using paper that is poorly cut
Multiple sheets of paper may be fed at a time. In this case, fan the paper thoroughly, and then align the edges of the
stack properly on a hard, flat surface.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻠㻠㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-035
Registering the Paper Size and Type

This printer's paper drawer cannot automatically detect the paper size and type. Therefore, you need to register the size
and type of the loaded paper.
Register the paper size and type using the following procedure.
NOTE
When registering a paper size and type

As you cannot register a paper size and type while printing is in progress, make sure that the printer is idle before
registering the paper size and type.
You can register paper size and type only while one of the following messages is displayed.
<Specified Paper Different from Set Paper>
<Out of Paper>
1
2
X#
3
Register the paper size and type.
(1) Specify the size and type of the paper loaded in the paper drawer.
(2) Click [OK].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻠㻡㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

Select the size of the paper loaded in the paper drawer.
[Paper Size] When [Free] is specified, the paper size of the printed job is registered automatically
each time printing is completed.
Select the feed direction (orientation) of paper loaded in the paper drawer when using A5,
[Paper Feed Direction]
Statement, or custom size paper.
Select the type of the paper loaded in the paper drawer.
When [Free] is specified, printing is performed without checking the paper type.
[Paper Type] When [Free] is specified, be sure to check that the paper type setting of the printer
driver matches the type of paper loaded in the paper drawer at the time of printing.
For details on the basic printing procedure, see "Basic Printing Procedure."
If printing custom size paper, you need to register the custom paper size in the printer driver previously.
"Registering a Custom Paper Size"
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻠㻢㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-036
Basic Printing Procedure

This section describes the basic procedure for printing from an application, taking Adobe Reader as an example.
The printing procedure may differ depending on the application you are using.
Before printing, see "Attention (Basic Printing)."
1
Load paper in the paper drawer.
"Loading Paper"
2
Open the PDF file to be printed using Adobe Reader.
3
Select [Print] from the [File] menu.
4
Configure the printing preferences.
(1) Select this printer.
You can change the printer name in the printer folder ( "Basic Operations/Various Information for
Windows").
(2) Configure the printing preferences.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻠㻣㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

5
Click [Properties].
6
Specify the settings for [Page Size] and [Output Size].
(1) Display the [Page Setup] sheet.

(2) Select the page size of the document created by an application.
(3) Select if the size of the paper to be printed is different from that of the data.
IMPORTANT
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻠㻤㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

If the [Page Size] setting and [Output Size] setting are different
The print is automatically reduced or enlarged to fit on the page.
7
Specify the setting for [Paper Type].
(1) Display the [Paper Source] sheet.

(2) Select the type of the paper loaded in the paper source.*
* Specify the setting according to the paper type as follows.
Paper Type Setting for [Paper Type]
Plain paper (70 to 85 g/m²) [Plain 1]*1 (Default)
Plain paper (75 to 90 g/m²) [Plain 2]*1 *2
[Thin 1]
Plain paper (60 to 74 g/m²)
[Thin 2]*3
Heavy paper (86 to 120 g/m²) [Heavy 1]*2

Heavy paper (121 to 163 g/m²) [Heavy 2]
Transparency
[Transparency]
(black and white printing only)
Label [Labels]
Index Card [Heavy 2]

Envelope Monarch, Envelope No. 10 (COM10), and Envelope DL:
[Envelope]
Envelope [Envelope H]*4
Envelope C5:
[Envelope H]
Coated paper (100 to 110 g/m²) [Coated 1]

*1
If you want to print paper of 75 to 85 g/m², you can specify either of [Plain 1] or [Plain 2]. *5
*2 If you want to print paper of 86 to 90 g/m², you can specify either of [Plain 2] or [Heavy 1]. *5
*3 If the printed paper curls (the printed side curls outward) when 60 g/m² paper is printed with [Thin 1]
selected, select [Thin 2].
*4
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻠㻥㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

If you want to improve the toner fixation when printed with [Envelope] selected, select [Envelope H].
*5 If either setting causes the following problems and so on, specify the other setting to print.
Output paper curls.
Residual images appear on non-printed areas.
The toner does not fix onto paper well, and the printing comes out faint.
NOTE
About [Apply Device Settings]

Selecting [Apply Device Settings] uses the [Paper Type] setting in the [Paper Source Settings] dialog box in the Printer
Status Window.
(For details on the procedure for setting [Paper Type] in the [Paper Source Settings] dialog box, see "Registering the
Paper Size and Type.")
When [Apply Device Settings] is selected with the [Paper Type] setting set to [Free] in the [Paper Source
Settings] dialog box, the job is printed as [Plain 1].
8
Specify the other printing preferences as needed.
"Useful Printing Functions" describes the printing procedures that use the various printing functions. Make full use of
the functions of this printer.
NOTE
For details on the settings

See Help.
"How to Use Help"
9
Confirm the settings, then click [OK].
ĺ The [Print] dialog box reappears.
10
Click [OK].
ĺ The printer starts printing.
If the printer cannot print properly

"Printing Cannot Be Performed (USB Connection)"
"Printing Cannot Be Performed (Wired LAN Connection)"
"Printing Cannot Be Performed (Wireless LAN Connection) (LBP7110Cw Only)"
"Printing Cannot Be Performed (via the Print Server)"
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻡㻜㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-037
Attention (Basic Printing)
IMPORTANT
Checking the paper size and type settings of the paper drawer
Check that the size and type of the paper loaded in the paper drawer is the same as the registered paper size and type.
NOTE
Install the printer driver.

The printer driver is software required for printing with this printer. Before printing, install the printer driver.
When printing on custom size paper

You need to register the custom paper size in the printer driver previously.
About the contents specified in "Basic Printing Procedure"

The specified settings apply only to data to be printed from the same application. Exiting the application resets the
changed settings to the default settings.
For details on the procedure for changing the default values for printing preferences, see "Changing the Default Values
for Printing Preferences."
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻡㻝㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-038
How to Use Help

For details on each setting in the printer driver or the Printer Status Window, see the instructions in Help.
(1) Navigation pane

Select a topic for your desired option.
[Contents]
In Contents, the titles of the Contexts are displayed.
Click the title of the desired topic to display its description.
[Search]
You can search for all the topics for a particular word or phrase included in the description.
Enter the word or phrase in [Type in the word(s) to search for] and click [List Topics]. Double-click the title of
the desired topic to display its description.
(2) Topic pane

Use the table of contents and full-text search function in the Navigation pane to search for information and display
the description of the information.
How to Display Help
When displaying Help from the printer driver

Click [Help].
When displaying Help from the Printer Status Window

From the [Help] menu, select [Help Topics].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻡㻞㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻡㻟㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠
0F40-039
Canceling a Job
You can cancel a print job using either of the following methods.
Canceling a Job Being Printed or Waiting to Be Printed from the Computer

You can cancel a job currently being printed with one click or select and cancel a job waiting to be printed from the
Printer Status Window.
If the printer and computer are connected over a network, you can also cancel a print job using the Remote
UI.
"Managing Print Jobs"
Canceling a Print Job Being Printed Using the Cancel Job Key
You can cancel a job currently being printed with the Cancel Job Key on the printer.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻡㻠㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-03A
Canceling a Job Being Printed or Waiting to Be Printed from the

Computer
1
2
Cancel a job.
When canceling a job being printed with one click
Click [ ] (Cancel Job).
When selecting and canceling a job waiting to be printed
1. Select [Job Status] from the [Job] menu.
2. Select the job you want to cancel.
(1) Select the job you want to cancel from [Job List].
([Job List] displays up to five jobs.)
(2) Click [Delete].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻡㻡㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

3. Click [OK].
If you cannot cancel a job

You cannot cancel the job whose pages are in the process of printing.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻡㻢㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-03C
Canceling a Print Job Being Printed Using the Cancel Job Key
1
Pressing the [ ] (Cancel Job) key on the control panel cancels the job being printed.
When the key is released, the printer begins canceling the job.
Depending on the settings for the [Settings for Cancel Job Key] dialog box in the Printer Status Window, you
may not be able to cancel printing.
NOTE
The meanings of the (Job) indicator (green)

The (Job) indicator (green) blinks while the printer is canceling a job.
Disabling the Cancel Job key

You can disable the Cancel Job key in the [Settings for Cancel Job Key] dialog box in the Printer Status Window.
For details on the [Settings for Cancel Job Key] dialog box, see Help.
"How to Use Help"
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻡㻣㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-03E
Checking the Printer Status

You can check the current printer status using the Printer Status Window.
"Printer Status Window"
The Printer Status Window shows the current printer status with messages, animations, and icons.
If you find any problems with the printer, check the Printer Status Window.
NOTE
If the printer and computer are connected via a network

You can also check the printer status using the Remote UI.
"Screen Layout of the Remote UI"
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻡㻤㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-03F
Printing on Various Types of Paper
Printing on Plain Paper, Heavy Paper, or Index Card
Printing on Transparencies (Black and White Printing Only)
Printing on Labels
Printing on Envelopes
Printing on Coated Paper
Printing on Custom Size Paper
Paper Loading Orientation
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻡㻥㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-03H
Printing on Plain Paper, Heavy Paper, or Index Card
Confirming usable paper

This printer can print plain paper (60 to 90 g/m²) and heavy paper (86 to 163 g/m²) of the following sizes or Index Card.
Standard sizes A4, B5, A5, Legal, Letter, Executive, Statement, Foolscap, and 16K
In case of portrait orientation:
Custom paper sizes
In case of landscape orientation:
Recycled paper can be also used.
NOTE
When using custom paper sizes

You need to register the custom paper sizes in the printer driver previously.
Loading paper
"Loading Paper"
Printing from an application

After loading paper, perform printing.
"Basic Printing Procedure"
The print speed drops when printing on heavy paper (86 to 163 g/m²) or Index Card.
(The print speed drops when printing on 86 to 90 g/m² paper if [Paper Type] is set to [Heavy 1].)
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻢㻜㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-03J
Printing on Transparencies (Black and White Printing Only)
Confirming usable transparencies

This printer can use the following sizes of transparencies.
Standard sizes A4, Letter
Transparencies can only be printed in black and white.
Loading transparencies
Load transparencies in the paper drawer.
"Loading Paper"
<Precautions when loading transparencies>

Thoroughly fan the transparencies, and then align the edges before loading them as they may stick to each other. If
they are not fanned enough, multiple sheets of paper may be fed at once, causing paper jams.
When fanning or aligning the transparencies, try to hold the edges to avoid touching the printing surface.
Take care not to mark or stain the printing surface of the transparencies with fingerprints, dust, or oil. This may result in
poor print quality.

After loading transparencies, perform printing.
The print speed drops when printing on transparencies.
Take out one sheet at a time each time a transparency is output.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻢㻝㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-03K
Printing on Labels
Confirming usable labels

This printer can use the following sizes of labels.
Custom paper sizes
Using the following types of labels may result in paper jams that are difficult to clear or may result in damage to the
printer.
Peeled labels or partly used labels
Coated labels that are easily peeled off from the backing sheet
Labels with uneven adhesive
NOTE

Loading labels
Load labels in the paper drawer.
"Loading Paper"
<Precautions when loading labels>

Fan the labels thoroughly, and then align the edges before loading them. If they are not fanned enough, multiple sheets
of paper may be fed at once, causing paper jams.
Take care not to mark or stain the printing surface of the labels with fingerprints, dust, or oil. This may result in poor
print quality.

After loading labels, perform printing.
The print speed drops when printing labels.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻢㻞㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-03L
Printing on Envelopes
Confirming usable envelopes

This printer can use the following envelopes.
Using the following types of envelopes may result in paper jams that are difficult to clear or may result in damage to
the printer.
Envelopes with fasteners or snaps
Envelopes with address windows
Envelopes with adhesive on the surface
Wrinkled or creased envelopes
Poorly manufactured envelopes in which the glued parts are uneven
Irregularly-shaped envelopes
Loading envelopes
Load envelopes in the paper drawer.
"Loading Paper"
<Precautions when loading envelopes>

Load envelopes in the correct orientation as follows.
( : Feeding direction)
Before loading envelopes, align them as follows.
1. Place the stack of envelopes on a flat 2. Loosen any stiff corners of the 3. Align the edges of the
surface, and then flatten them to release envelopes and flatten curls as envelopes on a flat
any remaining air. shown in the figure. surface.
Then, press the edges tightly.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻢㻟㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

After loading envelopes, perform printing.
Do not print on the reverse side (glued side) of envelopes.
The print speed drops when printing on envelopes.

When envelopes are printed, they may be creased.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻢㻠㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-03R
Printing on Coated Paper
Confirming usable coated paper

This printer can use the following sizes of coated paper (100 to 220 g/m²).
Custom paper sizes
NOTE

Loading coated paper

Load coated paper in the paper drawer.
"Loading Paper"
<Precautions when loading coated paper>

Fan the paper stack thoroughly, and then align the edges before loading them. If they are not fanned enough, multiple
sheets of paper may be fed at once, causing paper jams.
When fanning or aligning coated paper, try to hold the edges to avoid touching the printing surface.
Take care not to mark or stain the printing surface of coated paper with fingerprints, dust, or oil. This may result in poor
print quality.

After loading coated paper, perform printing.
The print speed drops when printing on coated paper.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻢㻡㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-03S
Printing on Custom Size Paper
Confirming usable custom size paper

This printer can use the following custom size paper.
Loading custom size paper

"Loading Paper"
Registering a custom paper size

If printing custom size paper, you need to register the custom paper size in the printer driver previously.

After loading custom size paper, perform printing.
The print speed drops when printing on heavy paper (86 to 163 g/m²).
(The print speed drops when printing on 86 to 90 g/m² paper if [Paper Type] is set to [Heavy 1].)
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻢㻢㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-03U
Registering a Custom Paper Size
1
2
Right-click the icon for this printer, then select [Printing Preferences] from the pop-up menu.
3
Display the [Custom Paper Size Settings] dialog box.

(2) Click [Custom Paper Size].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻢㻣㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

4
Specify the custom paper size.
Enter the name of the custom paper size to be added. You can enter up to 31
[Name of Custom Paper Size]
characters.
[Unit] Select the unit to be used when setting the custom paper size.
Specify the height and width of the custom paper size ([Height] [Width]).
[Paper Size] Specify the custom paper size in portrait orientation ([Height] [Width]) within user-
definable sizes.
5
Register the custom paper size.
(1) Click [Register].
The number of custom paper sizes that you can add depends on the system environment.
(2) Confirm that the registered custom paper size is added to [Paper List].
(3) Click [OK].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻢㻤㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-03W
Paper Loading Orientation

To print paper with letterheads or logos, load the paper in the proper orientation as follows.
When printing on envelopes, see "Printing on Envelopes."
<Portrait Layout> <Landscape Layout>
(With the printing side facing up) (With the printing side facing up)
NOTE
When loading in landscape orientation

The following paper can also be loaded in landscape orientation.
A5 paper
Statement paper
Custom size paper with a width and length (height) between 127.0 and 215.9 mm
The orientation when loading paper in landscape orientation is as follows.
<Portrait Layout> <Landscape Layout>
(With the printing side facing up) (With the printing side facing up)
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻢㻥㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-03X
Useful Printing Functions
Parts of the print setting items are not supported for Macintosh. (For items that you can specify in the printer driver for
Macintosh, see the Printer Driver Guide for Macintosh (how to display: "For Macintosh Users") or Help.)
Displaying the Setting Screen
Scaling Print Output
Layout Printing (N-page Print)
Printing an Image Larger than A4 (Poster Printing)
Adding a Watermark to a Document to Be Printed (Watermark Printing)
Printing Borders, the Printing Date, and so on
Printing a Color Document in Black and White
Combining Data before Printing
Changing the Output Method According to the Print Data or Number of Copies
Adjusting the Image Quality or Colors
Registering the Printing Preferences

Changing the Default Values for Printing Preferences
Saving Frequently Used Printing Preferences (Adding/Editing/Deleting a "Profile")
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻣㻜㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-03Y

You can specify the various printing preferences in the setting screen of the printer driver.
There are the following methods to display the setting screen.
Displaying from an application

The specified settings apply only to data to be printed from the same application. Exiting the application resets the changed
settings to the default settings.
How to display
(The procedure may differ depending on the application you are using.)
1. Select [Print] from the [File] menu in the application.

2. Select this printer, and then click [Properties] or [Preferences].
Displaying from the printer folder ( "Basic Operations/Various Information for Windows")
<Printing preferences screen>

You can change the default values for printing preferences which apply to all data.
How to display
<Printer properties screen>

You can specify the settings for the print data processing method, "Profiles" to be added to the server, and so on.
How to display
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻣㻝㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

Right-click the icon for this printer, and then select [Printer properties] or [Properties] from the pop-up menu.
NOTE
For details on the settings

See Help.
"How to Use Help"
About the sheets displayed by Windows

The following sheets are displayed by Windows. For more details, see Windows Help.
[General] sheet
[Sharing] sheet
[Ports] sheet
[Advanced] sheet
[Color Management] sheet
[Security] sheet
About the printer driver
The functions of the printer driver may be changed due to upgrade.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻣㻞㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-040
Scaling Print Output

You can print with automatic scaling according to the paper size or arbitrary scaling.
1
Display the setting screen of the printer driver.
"Displaying the Setting Screen"
2
Specify the settings for scaling.
When printing with automatic scaling according to the paper size

(2) Select the page size of the document created by an application.
(3) Select the size of the paper loaded in the paper source.
If you select a different paper size from [Page Size], the print data will be automatically enlarged or reduced.
When printing with arbitrary scaling

(2) Select the [Manual Scaling] check box.
(3) Specify the desired scaling factor.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻣㻟㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

3
Click [OK].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻣㻠㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-041
Layout Printing (N-page Print)

You can print multiple pages on one sheet.
This is a printing method which is referred to as intensive printing or N-page Print.
IMPORTANT
About the application function to print a document as a collated set of copies

Some applications provide a function to print a document as a collated set of copies. Do not use this function when
printing multiple pages on one sheet. The document may not be printed properly.
1
2
Specify the setting for [Page Layout].

(2) Select the number of pages to be printed on one sheet.
If you cannot specify the setting

"The Printer Driver Settings Cannot Be Changed"
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻣㻡㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

NOTE
Using Preview to specify the setting

You can also specify a page layout by clicking within the document image on Preview when [ ] is selected.
(Using Preview to be able to specify is [2 on 1] and [4 on 1] only.)
3
Specify the page order layout on paper.
4
Click [OK].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻣㻢㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-042
Printing an Image Larger than A4 (Poster Printing)

You can enlarge and divide a single page image to print it out on multiple sheets of paper. You can make one large poster
by joining these printouts together.
1
2
Specify the setting for poster printing.

(2) Select [Poster [N x N]] (N = 2, 3, 4) from [Page Layout].

3
Click [OK].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻣㻣㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻣㻤㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-043
Adding a Watermark to a Document to Be Printed (Watermark Printing)

You can superimpose watermarks (such as [COPY] and [DRAFT]) over the documents created by an application.
Additionally, you can add new watermarks and edit or delete the added watermarks.
1
2
Select a watermark.

(2) Select the [Watermark] check box.
(3) Select the character string to be printed as a watermark.
When adding, editing, or deleting a watermark, see "Adding, Editing, or Deleting a Watermark."
If you cannot select the [Watermark] check box

3
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻣㻥㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠
Click [OK].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻤㻜㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-044
Adding, Editing, or Deleting a Watermark
1
Display the [Edit Watermark] dialog box.

(2) Select the [Watermark] check box.
(3) Click [Edit Watermark].
If you cannot select the [Watermark] check box

2
Add, edit, or delete a watermark.
When adding a watermark
(1) Click [Add].

(2) Specify each setting.
For more details on each setting, see Help.

"How to Use Help"
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻤㻝㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

When editing a watermark
(1) Select a watermark you want to edit from [Watermark List].

(2) Edit the watermark.
You cannot edit the default watermarks.

"How to Use Help"
When deleting a watermark
(1) Select a watermark you want to delete from [Watermark List].

(2) Click [Delete].
You cannot delete the default watermarks or a watermark which is being selected in the printing preferences
dialog box.
(3) Click [Yes].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻤㻞㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

3
Click [OK]. Then, the [Page Setup] sheet reappears.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻤㻟㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-045
Printing Borders, the Printing Date, and so on

You can print a border, the date, and page numbers on the document to be printed.
1
2
Display the [Page Options] dialog box.

(2) Click [Page Options].
If you cannot click [Page Options]

3
Specify the settings for borders, the printing date, and so on.
(1) Specify each setting.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻤㻠㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

"How to Use Help"
(2) Click [OK]. Then, the [Page Setup] sheet reappears.
4
Click [OK].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻤㻡㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-046
Printing a Color Document in Black and White

Color documents can be printed in black and white using only black toner.
It is convenient if you use this option when printing a test page of color documents.
1
2
Specify the setting for [Color Mode].
(1) Display the [Quality] sheet.

(2) Select [Black and White].
NOTE

You can also specify the setting by clicking the button on Preview in the [Page Setup] sheet, the [Finishing] sheet, and
the [Paper Source] sheet.
: [Auto [Color/B&W]]
: [Black and White]

Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻤㻢㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠
: [Color]
3
Click [OK].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻤㻣㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-047
Combining Data before Printing

You can combine two or more data into one.
You can also change the settings for the combined print data and edit print data of different applications.
You can also preview the print data.
1
Display the setting screen of the printer driver from an application.
2
Select [Edit and Preview] from [Output Method].
If you cannot select [Edit and Preview]

3
Click [OK].
4
Configure the printing preferences.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻤㻤㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

(1) Specify the printing preferences in each sheet as needed.
(2) Click [OK].
5
Perform printing from an application.
ĺ The list of print data is displayed in the [Canon PageComposer] dialog box.
NOTE
To specify the setting to always display the [Canon PageComposer] dialog box when performing
printing
Set [Output Method] to [Edit and Preview] as a default value for printing preferences, and then select the [Lock] check
box.
For details on the procedure for changing the default values for printing preferences, see "Changing the Default
Values for Printing Preferences."
6
Repeat Step 1 to 5 to combine the desired data.
7
Combine the print data.
(1) Select the print data that you want to combine.

(2) Select [Combine] from the [Edit] menu.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻤㻥㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

When the following screen appears, read the contents, and then click [OK].
8
(1) Enter the name of the combined print data.

(2) Click [Combine].
9
Print the combined print data.
(1) Select the combined print data.

(2) Select [Print] from the [File] menu. Then the printer starts printing.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻥㻜㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

NOTE
Combined print data are not saved.

After the combined print data is printed, the print data is deleted from Canon PageComposer.
The print data is also deleted if Canon PageComposer is closed without printing the print data.
For more details on Canon PageComposer

See Help for Canon PageComposer.
Help is displayed by clicking [Help] in the [Help] menu.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻥㻝㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-048
Changing the Output Method According to the Print Data or Number of

Copies
Printing with a Gutter
Selecting the Paper Output Method
Printing with the Page 180 Degrees Rotated
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻥㻞㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-049
Printing with a Gutter

You can specify a gutter of 0 to 50 mm for the paper to be printed.
1
2
Specify the setting for [Binding Location].
(1) Display the [Finishing] sheet.

(2) Select an edge on which the gutter is to be located.
NOTE

You can also specify the gutter by clicking an edge of the document image on Preview when [ ] is selected.
3
Specify the setting for [Gutter].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻥㻟㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

(1) Click [Gutter].
(2) Specify the gutter width.
(3) Click [OK]. Then, the [Finishing] sheet reappears.

4
Click [OK].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻥㻠㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-04A
Selecting the Paper Output Method

You can select the paper output method before printing.
<If you do not specify the paper output method> <If you collate the printouts>
Printouts of a complete job are grouped. Printouts of a complete job are collated.
1
2
Specify the setting for [Finishing].

(2) Select a paper output method.

NOTE

You can also specify a paper output method by right-clicking on Preview when [ ] is selected.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻥㻡㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

3
Click [OK].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻥㻢㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-04C
Printing with the Page 180 Degrees Rotated

You can print with the print data rotated 180 degrees when the orientation of the paper loaded in a paper source differs
from the orientation of the document.
This option is useful for printing envelopes and Index Card that can be fed only in specific orientations.
1
2
Display the [Advanced Settings] dialog box.

(2) Click [Advanced Settings].
3
Specify the setting for [Rotate Print Data 180 Degrees].
(1) Select [Rotate Print Data 180 Degrees].

(2) Select [On].
(3) Click [OK]. Then, the [Finishing] sheet reappears.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻥㻣㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

4
Click [OK].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻥㻤㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-04E
Adjusting the Image Quality or Colors
Performing Printing Appropriate for Particular Print Data
Adjusting the Toner Density
Printing with Brightness and Contrast Adjusted
Adjusting the Color
Matching the Color with the Screen
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻥㻥㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-04F
Performing Printing Appropriate for Particular Print Data

Selecting the appropriate mode for the contents of the document allows you to perform printing with appropriate setting.
For example, if selecting [Vivid Photo] when printing a photo, the setting for printing preferences are changed to the
optimum settings for printing photos.
1
2
Specify the setting for [Objective].

(2) Select the appropriate mode for the contents of the document.
Selecting each mode displays a comment on the mode under the list.
If you want to change the printing preferences for the selected mode to meet your needs, click [Advanced
Settings].
3
Click [OK].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻜㻜㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-04H
Adjusting the Toner Density

You can print with toner density adjusted.
1
2
Display the [Advanced Settings] dialog box.

(2) Click [Advanced Settings].
3
Display the [Toner Density Details] dialog box.
(1) Select [Toner Density].

(2) Select [Adjust].
(3) Click [Details].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻜㻝㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

4
Adjust the toner density.
(1) Adjust the density by dragging the slider of each color horizontally.
You can also adjust the toner density of each color for each density range.
"Adjusting the Toner Density of Each Color for Each Density Range"
(2) Click [OK]. Then, the [Advanced Settings] dialog box reappears.
5
Click [OK]. Then, the [Quality] sheet reappears.
6
Click [OK].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻜㻞㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-04J
Adjusting the Toner Density of Each Color for Each Density Range
1
Click [Fine Adjust Density].
2
Adjust the toner density of each color for each density range.
(1) Display the sheet of the colors that you want to adjust.
(2) Adjust the density by dragging the slider of each density range horizontally.
(3) Click [OK]. Then, the [Toner Density Details] dialog box reappears.
<Adjusting example of each density range> (Example: Cyan)
[High]
[Medium]
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻜㻟㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

[Low]
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻜㻠㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-04K
Printing with Brightness and Contrast Adjusted

You can print with the brightness and contrast adjusted.
1
2
Display the [Color Settings] dialog box.

(2) Select the [Manual Color Settings] check box.
(3) Click [Color Settings].
3
Adjust the brightness and contrast.
(1) Display the [Color Adjustment] sheet.

(2) Adjust the brightness and contrast by dragging the [Brightness] and [Contrast] sliders.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻜㻡㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

4
5
Click [OK].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻜㻢㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-04L
Adjusting the Color

You can perform color printing with the color adjusted.
This section describes the procedure for adjusting the color when printing in the printer driver.
Perform calibration when the colors have changed and the data is not printed in the correct colors (specified colors).
"Adjusting Color (Calibration)"
1
2

3
Adjust the color.
(1) Display the [Color Adjustment] sheet.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻜㻣㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

(2) Adjust the colors by moving [Preview Image] at the center of the Adjustment Grid horizontally and vertically. *
When [Preview Image] is in the center, the image has not been adjusted.
A sample image after adjustment is displayed in [Preview].
* Move [Preview Image] by either of the following procedures.
Click the buttons of each color around the Adjustment Grid (the color is deepened by one increment).
Click any desired color on the Adjustment Grid ([Preview Image] is moved to the position you clicked).
Drag [Preview Image] onto the desired color.
NOTE
Confirm [Preview Image] position by values.

You can confirm the position of [Preview Image] by the X (horizontal) and Y (vertical) values for [Adjusted Position].
(The central position is X: 0, Y: 0.)
4
5
Click [OK].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻜㻤㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-04R
Matching the Color with the Screen

The methods for adjusting the color on the screen (RGB) and in the printer (YMC) are different. Therefore, color in a photo
and so on viewed on the screen may not match that of the printout.
Using the color matching function to correct color of a printout, you can adjust the color of the printout to more closely
match the color you see on the screen.
You can also correct the colors by adjusting brightness without performing matching.
1
2

3
Operation procedure varies depending on the procedure for color correction.
Using the Matching Function to Correct Color
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻜㻥㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

Using the color matching function, you can adjust the color of the printout to more closely match the color you see on
the screen.
Correcting Color by Adjusting Brightness (Gamma Adjustment)

You can adjust the brightness of the printout results without spoiling the lightest parts and darkest parts of the image
data.
Use this option when the printout result is brighter than the original image or when you want to change the brightness
of the image.
Using the Matching Function to Correct Color
1. Specify the setting for [Matching Mode].
(1) Display the [Matching] sheet.

(2) Select [Driver Matching Mode].
2. Specify the setting for [Matching Method].
(1) Set [Matching Method] to [Perceptual [Monitor Color Matched]].

(2) Select a profile you want to use.
(3) Click [OK]. Then, the [Quality] sheet reappears.
NOTE
About the options for [Monitor Profile]
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻝㻜㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

The profiles registered in your computer are displayed.
About [Application Color Matching Priority]

If the check box is cleared, you can prioritize the color matching process specified in the printer driver.
If you want to prioritize the color matching in the application, select the check box.
3. Click [OK].
Correcting Color by Adjusting Brightness (Gamma Adjustment)
1. Specify the setting for [Matching Mode].
(1) Display the [Matching] sheet.

(2) Select [Gamma Adjustment].
2. Specify the setting for [Gamma Adjustment].
(1) Select a value for gamma.

The larger the number is, the darker in color the data is printed.
(2) Click [OK]. Then, the [Quality] sheet reappears.
3. Click [OK].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻝㻝㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-04S
Registering the Printing Preferences

Change the default values for printing preferences which apply to all data.
For example, if you perform layout printing frequently, you do not need to change the settings each time you print by
changing the default values for [Page Layout].
Saving Frequently Used Printing Preferences (Adding/Editing/Deleting a "Profile")

You can save frequently used multiple printing preferences as "Profiles." You can perform printing with the registered
settings by only selecting the desired "Profile."
Also, some settings that support various jobs are registered as the default "Profiles."
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻝㻞㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-04U
1
2
3
Change the printing preferences in the [Page Setup], [Finishing], [Paper Source], and [Quality] sheets.
The settings changed here become the default values.

For more details on the settings, see Help.
"How to Use Help"
IMPORTANT
The setting options that are not being changed the default values
The default values in the settings for [Sample Type] in the [Quality] - [Color Settings] - [Color Adjustment] sheet are not
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻝㻟㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

changed.
4
Confirm the settings, then click [OK].
ĺ The printer folder reappears.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻝㻠㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-04W
Saving Frequently Used Printing Preferences (Adding/Editing/Deleting a

"Profile")
Adding a "Profile"
1
2
Specify the printing preferences in the [Page Setup], [Finishing], [Paper Source], and [Quality] sheets.
The contents specified here is registered in "Profiles."

"How to Use Help"
IMPORTANT
The setting options that are not adding to a "Profile"

The settings for the following options are not added to a "Profile."
Sheet/Dialog Box Option
[Halftones]
[Quality] sheet - [Advanced Settings] dialog box
[Gray Compensation]
[Quality] - [Color Settings] - [Color Adjustment] sheet [Sample Type]
3
Click [Add].
If you cannot click [Add]

""Profiles" Cannot Be Selected or Edited"
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻝㻡㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

4
Specify information about a "Profile."
[Name] Enter the name for "Profiles." You can enter up to 31 characters.
[Icon] You can select the icon for the "Profile."

[Comment] Enter the comment for the "Profile." You can enter up to 255 characters.
[View Settings] Display the [View Settings] dialog box. You can check the current printer driver settings.
5
Click [OK] to register the "Profile."
ĺ The setting screen of the printer driver reappears.

Make sure that the name of the added "Profile" is in [Profile].
For details on the procedure for using a "Profile", see "Selecting a "Profile"."
Editing an Added "Profile"

You can change information about an added "Profile" or export a "Profile" as a file.
1
2
Click [Edit].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻝㻢㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

If you cannot click [Edit]
3
Edit information about a "Profile."

"How to Use Help"
4
Click [OK].
Deleting an Added "Profile"
1
2
Click [Edit].
If you cannot click [Edit]

Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻝㻣㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

3
Delete a "Profile."
(1) Select a "Profile" you want to delete.

(2) Click [Delete].
You cannot delete the default "Profiles" or a "Profile" which is being selected in the setting screen of the
printer driver.
(3) Click [Yes].
4
Click [OK].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻝㻤㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-04X
Selecting a "Profile"
1
2
Select a "Profile."
If the printer name is changed, any added "Profiles" cannot be used. To use the added "Profile", change the printer
name to its previous one.
If you cannot select a "Profile"

NOTE
When selecting [Default Settings]

Reset all the settings to the default values other than the following options.
Sheet/Dialog Box Option
[Halftones]
[Quality] sheet - [Advanced Settings] dialog box
[Gray Compensation]
[Quality] - [Color Settings] - [Color Adjustment] sheet [Sample Type]
3
Click [OK].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻝㻥㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-04Y
Configuring the Network Settings (Sharing the Printer)
Checking Your Printing Environment

Basic Network Settings
Changing the Network Settings for the Printer
Checking the IP Address of the Printer
Checking the MAC Address of the Printer
Checking the Wireless LAN Information (LBP7110Cw Only)
Configuring and Changing the Port
If You Use the Printer in the Print Server Environment

Configuring the Print Server
Installation on Clients
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻞㻜㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-050
Checking Your Printing Environment

When you share the printer with multiple computers, the setting procedure varies depending on your environment.
<About the print server environment>

If you set one of the computers on a network as the print server, you can manage the printer efficiently as follows.
You can manage the clients' printing preferences on the print server.
Clients can download and install the printer driver from the print server. (The CD-ROM is not required.)
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻞㻝㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-051

You can use this printer as a printer directly connected to a network.
Because the printer is configured to obtain the IP address automatically, you can use the network without making any
special settings, and you may be able to change the network settings to suit your environment.

Switching Between Wireless LAN and Wired LAN for the Connection (LBP7110Cw Only)
Specifying the Connection Settings

Setting a Port and Installing the Printer Driver

Configuring the Protocol Settings
Specifying the Wired LAN Communication Mode and Transmission Speed
Specifying the Waiting Time Until Connected to the Network

Initializing the System Settings

Changing the Port Configuration
NOTE
When installing the printer driver

It is recommended that normally the printer driver be installed using "Easy Installation" on the supplied CD-ROM (CD-
ROM Setup).
"Easy Installation"
If you changed the IP address after installing the printer driver

When you use MFNP Port, the port does not have to be changed because a new IP address is detected automatically
when the printer and computer are on the same subnet.
When you use Standard TCP/IP Port, the port to be used with the printer driver should be changed.
"Configuring and Changing the Port"
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻞㻞㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

If you do not know which port you are using, see "Basic Operations/Various Information for Windows."
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻞㻟㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-052
Before you use the printer on the network, the settings of the computer and network devices must
be completed.
If the settings are not completed, you cannot use the printer on the network.
For details, see the instruction manual of your network device or contact the manufacturer.
LBP7110Cw supports wireless LAN, but a wireless LAN connection cannot be used at the same time as a wired
LAN connection.
For use in an office, consult your network administrator.
Switching Between Wireless LAN and Wired LAN for the Connection (LBP7110Cw
Only)

It is recommended that normally the printer driver be installed using "Easy Installation" on the supplied CD-
ROM (CD-ROM Setup).
You can specify the printer connection settings and install the printer driver using "Easy Installation" as a series
of operations. The e-Manual is also installed simultaneously.
"Easy Installation"
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻞㻠㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-053
Switching Between Wireless LAN and Wired LAN for the Connection
(LBP7110Cw Only)
The wired LAN connection is set by default.
Switching from Wired LAN to Wireless LAN

1. If the printer driver is installed, uninstall it.

"Uninstalling the Printer Driver"
2. Using "Easy Installation" to specify the settings of the wireless LAN connection and install the
printer driver
"Easy Installation"
You can specify the printer connection settings and install the printer driver using "Easy Installation" as a
series of operations.
NOTE
You cannot use a wired LAN and wireless LAN at the same time.
malfunction.
Switching from Wireless LAN to Wired LAN

1. If the printer driver is installed, uninstall it.

2. Using "Easy Installation" to specify the settings of the wired LAN connection and install the
printer driver
"Easy Installation"
You can specify the printer connection settings and install the printer driver using "Easy Installation" as a
series of operations.
To specify the printer connection settings, select [Custom Setup].
To set a port and install the printer driver from the printer folder, specify the printer connection settings (
"Specifying the Connection Settings"), and then see "Setting a Port and Installing the Printer Driver" to install
the printer driver.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻞㻡㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-054

Use "MF/LBP Network Setup Tool" to specify the network connection settings.
"Directly Starting the MF/LBP Network Setup Tool"
For the system requirements of "MF/LBP Network Setup Tool," see "MF/LBP Network Setup Tool."
When you install the printer driver using "Easy Installation," "MF/LBP Network Setup Tool" starts automatically.
"Easy Installation"
The setting procedure varies depending on your environment. Follow the instructions on the screen to specify the settings.

NOTE
Setting the IP address using the ARP/PING command

You can also set the IP address using the ARP/PING command in Command Prompt.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻞㻢㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-055

The installation procedure varies depending on the operating system. See the appropriate procedure according to your
operating system.
Windows Vista, 7, and Server 2008
Windows XP and Server 2003
It is recommended that normally the printer driver be installed using "Easy Installation" on the supplied CD-ROM (CD-
ROM Setup).
"Easy Installation"
1
Make sure that the printer and computer are connected properly, and the printer is turned ON.
"Connecting the Printer and Computer"
2
3
4
Click [Add a printer].
5
Click [Add a local printer].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻞㻣㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

6
Create a port.
(1) Select [Create a new port].

(2) Select [Standard TCP/IP Port].
(3) Click [Next].
7
Enter the IP address or name of the printer.
(1) Select [Autodetect] or [TCP/IP Device].

(2) Enter the IP address or name * of the printer in [Hostname or IP address].
* The DNS name to be registered on the DNS server (up to 78 characters)
(3) Clear the [Query the printer and automatically select the driver to use] check box.
(4) Click [Next].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻞㻤㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

If you are not sure about the value to be entered in [Hostname or IP address]
The value to be entered varies depending on how the IP address of the printer was set.
For more details, see "Basic Operations/Various Information for Windows" or ask your network administrator.
If the printer is not detected

Follow the on-screen instructions and search again for the printer, or see "Basic Operations/Various Information for
Windows" and specify [Device Type].
8
Click [Have Disk].
9
Insert the supplied CD-ROM "User Software" into the CD-ROM drive of your computer, and then click
[Browse].
If CD-ROM Setup appears, click [Exit].
10
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻞㻥㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠
Open the folder in which the printer driver is included.
For a 32-bit operating system

Open the folders in the supplied CD-ROM: [English] - [32bit] - [Driver].

Open the folders in the supplied CD-ROM: [English] - [x64] - [Driver].
If you are not sure whether you are using a 32-bit operating system or 64-bit operating system
11
Open the INF file.
(1) Select the INF file.

(2) Click [Open].
12
Click [OK].
13
Click [Next].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻟㻜㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

14
Specify the printer name.
(1) Enter a new name if you want to change the printer name.
When [Set as the default printer] is displayed, select whether or not to use the printer as the default printer.
(Windows Vista and Server 2008)
(2) Click [Next].
ĺ The installation starts. Wait until the following screen disappears.

Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻟㻝㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

15
When the following screen appears, select whether or not to share the printer.
(1) Select whether or not to share the printer (whether or not to use the computer on which the printer driver is being
installed as the print server).
For details on the printer sharing (print server environment), see "If You Use the Printer in the Print Server
Environment."
When you share the printer, specify [Share Name], [Location], or [Comment] as needed.
(2) Click [Next].
16
Click [Finish].
If you want to print a test page, click [Print a test page].
When [Set as the default printer] is displayed, select whether or not to use the printer as the default printer. (Windows
7 and Server 2008 R2)
When the installation is complete, an icon for this printer will be created.
NOTE
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻟㻞㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

When you install the printer driver using this procedure, Standard TCP/IP Port is created.
When you use Standard TCP/IP Port, if the IP address of the printer is changed, the port to be used with the printer
driver should be changed.
1
2
3
4
Display [Add Printer Wizard].
Double-click [Add Printer].
5
Click [Next].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻟㻟㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

6
Specify the type of printer to be used.
(1) Select [Local printer attached to this computer].

(2) Clear the [Automatically detect and install my Plug and Play printer] check box.
(3) Click [Next].
7
Create a port.
(1) Select [Create a new port].

(2) Select [Standard TCP/IP Port].
(3) Click [Next].
8
Click [Next].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻟㻠㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

9
Enter the IP address or name of the printer.
(1) Enter the IP address or name * of the printer in [Printer Name or IP Address].
(2) Click [Next].
If you are not sure about the value to be entered in [Printer Name or IP Address]
For more details, see "Basic Operations/Various Information for Windows" or ask your network administrator.

Follow the on-screen instructions and search again for the printer, or see "Basic Operations/Various Information for
Windows" and specify [Device Type].
10
Click [Finish].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻟㻡㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

11
Click [Have Disk].
12
[Browse].
13


14
Open the INF file.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻟㻢㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

(2) Click [Open].
15
Click [OK].
16
Click [Next].
17
Specify the printer name.
(1) Enter a new name if you want to change the printer name.
When the message <Do you want to use this printer as the default printer?> appears, select [Yes] or [No].
(2) Click [Next].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻟㻣㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

18
Click [Next].
NOTE
When sharing the printer (When using the computer on which the printer driver is being installed
as the print server).
For details on the printer sharing (print server environment), see "If You Use the Printer in the Print Server
Environment."
1. Select [Share name] and enter a name for the shared printer.
2. Click [Next].
3. The window for entering [Location] and [Comment] is displayed. Enter them as needed.
4. Click [Next].
19
Select whether to print a test page.
(1) Select whether to print a test page.

(2) Click [Next].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻟㻤㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

20
Click [Finish].
ĺ The installation starts. Wait until the following screen disappears.

When the following screen disappears, you can remove the CD-ROM.
NOTE

When you install the printer driver using this procedure, Standard TCP/IP Port is created.
When you use Standard TCP/IP Port, if the IP address of the printer is changed, the port to be used with the printer
driver should be changed.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻟㻥㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-056

IPv4 Settings
IPv6 Settings
Other Protocol Settings
Specifying a Dedicated Port
NOTE
When setting the items for the printer management (such as setting the manager password)
"Managing the Printer"
When setting the items for security (such as restricting the users who can print)
"Security Settings"
When initializing the network settings (resetting to the default values)
"Initializing the System Settings"
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻠㻜㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-057
Before specifying the settings, see "Attention (Protocol Settings)."
1
Start the Remote UI, and then log in as Management Mode.
"Starting the Remote UI"
2
Click [Settings/Registration].
3
Display the [TCP/IP Settings] page.
(1) Select [Network Settings].

(2) Click [TCP/IP Settings].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻠㻝㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

4
Configure the protocol settings.
The setting procedure varies depending on the settings. See the appropriate procedure according to
settings.
"IPv4 Settings"
"IPv6 Settings"
"Other Protocol Settings"
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻠㻞㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-058
Attention (Protocol Settings)
When setting the IP address (IPv4)
NOTE

When you use MFNP Port, the port does not have to be changed because a new IP address is detected automatically
when the printer and computer are on the same subnet.
When you use Standard TCP/IP Port, the port to be used with the printer driver should be changed.
If you do not know which port you are using, see "Basic Operations/Various Information for Windows."
When using DHCP, BOOTP, or RARP

You can select DHCP, BOOTP, or RARP.
After the printer restarts, the values obtained from DHCP, BOOTP, and RARP are displayed.
(If the values have been specified previously, they overwrite the obtained ones.)
Because it takes two minutes to check whether DHCP, BOOTP, and RARP are available, we recommend that you
set [Select Protocol] to [Off] for the unused protocols.
When using DHCP
When you use Standard TCP/IP Port, if you cycle the power of the printer, you may not be able to print. This is because
a different IP address from the one that was used is assigned.
To use DHCP, use MFNP Port ( "Configuring and Changing the Port") or consult your network administrator and specify
either of the following settings.
Specifying the DNS Dynamic Update function
Specifying the settings so that the same IP address is always assigned when the printer starts
IP address obtained with DHCP, BOOTP, or RARP

Specifying the IP address takes priority even when [Auto IP] is set to [On].
When setting the IP address (IPv6)
IMPORTANT
About IPv6
You cannot use IPv6 alone without using IPv4.
IPsec (Security Architecture for Internet Protocol) encryption is not supported.
NOTE

Specify the port to be used again in the printer driver.
About IPv6 addresses

This printer can have up to nine of the following IPv6 addresses. (You can only register one address manually.) You can
use multiple IPv6 addresses for IPv6 communication.
Type Registrable Number Outline
The link-local address is specified automatically using the

prefix (information indicating the network to which it belongs)
"fe80::" and an interface identifier generated from the MAC
Link-Local Address 1 address of the printer.
Because the address is valid only within the same prefix, it
cannot traverse the router. One link-local address is specified
for this printer whenever IPv6 is being used.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻠㻟㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠
This is a fixed address that is entered manually. When
Manual Address 0 to 1 specifying the IP address manually, you can specify the prefix
length and default router address.
The stateless address is specified automatically using the

prefix (information indicating the network to which it belongs)
Stateless Address 0 to 6
included in RA (Router Advertisement) transmitted by the
router and the MAC address of the printer.
The stateful address can be obtained from the DHCP server
Stateful Address 0 to 1
using DHCPv6.
About stateless addresses

Stateless addresses are deleted when the printer restarts (when the printer turns ON).
When configuring the DNS Settings
IMPORTANT
DNS Dynamic Update

DNS Dynamic Update is a function that adds the IP address of the device and the names specified as the host name
and domain name to the DNS server automatically.
This function can be used in the environment in which a Dynamic DNS server is being used.
When using the DNS Dynamic Update function

You need to set the IP address, host name, and domain name of the DNS server.
For details on the procedure for setting a port when using DNS
See "Basic Operations/Various Information for Windows" or ask your network administrator.
When Configuring WINS
IMPORTANT
About WINS
WINS (Windows Internet Name Service) is a service to correspond the NetBIOS names (names of computers and
printers) to IP addresses. A WINS server is required to use WINS.
NOTE
When using the IP address settings with DHCP

When the IP address of the WINS server is obtained from the DHCP server, the IP address obtained from the DHCP
server is overwritten.
WINS cannot be used in an IPv6 environment

Use WINS in an IPv4 environment.
When configuring the Multicast Discovery Settings
NOTE
Multicast discovery
This is a function that searches for certain devices using Service Location Protocol (SLP).
By using the multicast discovery function, you can search for only the devices whose values in [Scope Name] are
verified, using the service location protocol (SLP) from utility software.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻠㻠㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-059
IPv4 Settings
For details on the procedure before displaying the [TCP/IP Settings] page (the procedure before Step 1), see
"Configuring the Protocol Settings."
1
Click [Edit] in [IPv4 Settings].
2
Set the IP address.
When obtaining the IP address automatically

Use DHCP, BOOTP, RARP, or Auto IP to obtain the IP address automatically.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻠㻡㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

[Off]
An IP address that uses RARP, BOOTP, or DHCP cannot be obtained automatically.
[DHCP]
Obtains an IP address using DHCP. (The DHCP server needs to be running.)
[Select Protocol]
[BOOTP]
Obtains an IP address using BOOTP. (The BOOTP daemon needs to be running.)
[RARP]
Obtains an IP address using RARP. (The RARP daemon needs to be running.)
[Off]
An IP address that uses Auto IP cannot be obtained automatically.
[Auto IP]
[On]
The printer obtains the IP address automatically.
When setting the IP address manually

Allows you to directly set the IP address manually.
[Select Protocol]
Select [Off].
[Auto IP]
[IP Address] Enter the IP address of the printer.

[Subnet Mask] Enter the subnet mask that is used on the TCP/IP network.
[Gateway Address] Enter the gateway address that is being used on the TCP/IP network.
3
Specify the DNS.
Proceed to Step 4 when not using DNS.
[Primary DNS
Enter the IP address of the primary DNS server.
Server Address]
[Secondary DNS
Enter the IP address of the secondary DNS server.
Server Address]
Enter the host name to be added to the DNS server. You can enter up to 47 single-byte
[Host Name]
alphanumeric characters.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻠㻢㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

Enter the name of the domain to which the printer belongs. You can enter up to 47 single-byte
[Domain Name] alphanumeric characters.
Input Example: "example.com"
[DNS Dynamic
To use the DNS Dynamic Update function, select the check box.
Update]
[DNS Dynamic
Specify the interval at which to perform the dynamic update.
Update Time]
4
Specify the mDNS.
Proceed to Step 5 when not using mDNS.
[Use mDNS] To use mDNS settings, select the check box.
[mDNS Name] Enter the mDNS name.
5
Specify the DHCP options.
Proceed to Step 6 when not using DHCP options.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻠㻣㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

[Acquire Host
To obtain the host name from the DHCP server, select the check box.
Name]
[DNS Dynamic
To dynamically update the obtained host name, select the check box.
Update]
6
Click [OK].
7
Restart the printer.
Turn the printer OFF, make sure that the Main Power indicator is off, wait for 10 seconds or longer, and then turn it ON
again.
ĺ After the printer is restarted, the settings become effective.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻠㻤㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻠㻥㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠
0F40-05A
IPv6 Settings
Specify the IPv6 settings after specifying the IPv4 settings.

For details on the procedure before selecting the settings (the procedure before Step 1), see "Configuring the Protocol
Settings."
1
Click [Edit] in [IPv6 Settings].
2
Select the [IPv6] check box.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻡㻜㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

3
Specify the stateless address.
Proceed to Step 4 when not using a stateless address.
[Stateless Address] To use a stateless address, select the check box.
4
Specify the manual address.
Proceed to Step 5 when not using a manual address.
[Manual Address] To use a manual address, select the check box.
[IP Address] Enter the IP address of the printer.
[Prefix Length] Enter the prefix length.
[Default Router
Enter the default router address as needed.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻡㻝㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

Address]
IMPORTANT
Addresses that cannot be entered in [IP Address] and [Default Router Address]
Addresses that begin with "ff" (multicast address)
"::1" (loopback address)
5
Specify DHCPv6.
Proceed to Step 6 when not using DHCPv6.
[Use DHCPv6] To use DHCPv6, select the check box.
6
Specify the DNS.
Proceed to Step 7 when not using DNS.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻡㻞㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

[Primary DNS
Enter the IP address of the primary DNS server.
Server Address]
[Secondary DNS
Enter the IP address of the secondary DNS server.
Server Address]
[Use IPv4
Host/Domain To use the same name as IPv4, select the check box.
Names]
Enter the host name to be added to the DNS server. You can enter up to 47 single-byte
[Host Name]
Enter the name of the domain to which the printer belongs. You can enter up to 47 single-byte
[Domain Name] alphanumeric characters.
Input Example: "example.com"
[DNS Dynamic
To use the DNS Dynamic Update function, select the check box.
Update]
[Register Manual
To register a manual address to the DNS server, select the check box.
Address]
[Register
Stateful To register a stateful address to the DNS server, select the check box.
Address]
[Register
Stateless To register a stateless address to the DNS server, select the check box.
Address]
[DNS Dynamic
Specify the interval at which to perform the dynamic update.
Update Time]
7
Specify the mDNS.
Proceed to Step 8 when not using mDNS.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻡㻟㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

[Use mDNS] To use mDNS settings, select the check box.
[Use IPv4 name for

To use the same name as IPv4, select the check box.
mDNS]
[mDNS Name] Enter the mDNS name when not selecting the [Use IPv4 name for mDNS] check box.
8
Click [OK].
9
again.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻡㻠㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻡㻡㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠
0F40-05C
Other Protocol Settings
For details on the procedure before displaying the [TCP/IP Settings] page (the procedure before Step 1), see
"Configuring the Protocol Settings."
For details on the SSL settings, see "Setting the SSL Encrypted Communication Function."
1
Click [Edit] for the option you want to specify.
2
Specify each setting.
WINS Configuration
LPD Print Settings
NetBIOS Settings
RAW Print Settings
WSD Settings
Multicast Discovery Settings
Port No. Settings
MTU Size Settings
SNTP Settings
WINS Configuration
(1) Specify the settings for WINS.

(2) Click [OK].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻡㻢㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

[WINS Resolution] To use WINS resolution, select the check box.
[WINS Server
Enter the IP address of the WINS server.
Address]
Enter the scope ID. You can enter up to 63 single-byte alphanumeric characters.
The scope ID is an identifier used to determine the scope for use of devices and the
[Scope ID] computer. It references the scope ID regardless of the WINS resolution setting.
Leave [Scope ID] blank when not specifying the scope ID on computers of your network
environment.
To register the printer on a WINS server, you must specify the NetBIOS name and workgroup name settings of the
printer.
"NetBIOS Settings"
Proceed to Step 3 if you do not specify the settings for the other options.
LPD Print Settings
(1) Specify the settings for LPD printing.

(2) Click [OK].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻡㻣㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

[Use LPD Print] To use LPD printing, select the check box.
NetBIOS Settings
(1) Specify the settings for NetBIOS.

(2) Click [OK].
[NetBIOS Name] Enter the NetBIOS name of the printer.
[Workgroup Name] Enter the workgroup to which the printer belongs.
RAW Print Settings
Usually, it is not required to change the settings.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻡㻤㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

(1) Specify the settings for RAW printing.
(2) Click [OK].
[Use RAW Print] To use RAW printing, select the check box.
WSD Settings
To use the printer with a network connection, use MFNP Port or Standard TCP/IP Port to perform printing.
(1) Specify the settings for WSD.

(2) Click [OK].
[Use WSD Printing] To use WSD printing, select the check box.
To use WSD to obtain the printer information, select the check box.
[Use WSD
Browsing] (If the [Use WSD Printing] check box is selected, the [Use WSD Browsing] check box is
automatically selected and you cannot clear the check box.)
[Use Multicast
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻡㻥㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

To respond to search commands by multicast, select the check box.
Discovery]
Multicast Discovery Settings
(1) Specify the multicast discovery settings.

(2) Click [OK].
[Respond to
To allow a response to multicast discovery, select the check box.
Discovery]
Enter the scope name to be used when searching for certain devices from utility software by
[Scope Name]
multicast. You can enter up to 32 single-byte alphanumeric characters.
Port No. Settings
(1) Specify the port number for each protocol.

(2) Click [OK].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻢㻜㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

[LPD] Enter the LPD port number.
[RAW] Enter the RAW port number.
[HTTP] Enter the HTTP port number.
[SNMP] Enter the SNMP port number.

[WSD Multicast Discovery] Enter the WSD multicast discovery port number.
[Multicast Discovery] Enter the multicast discovery (SLP) port number.
MTU Size Settings
(1) Specify the MTU size.

(2) Click [OK].
[MTU Size] Select the MTU size.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻢㻝㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

SNTP Settings
(1) Specify the settings for SNTP.

(2) Click [OK].
If you use the SNTP client function to obtain the time information from the NTP server (public
time information server on the Internet), select the check box.
[Use SNTP] When obtaining the time information from the NTP server, be sure to specify the correct
time zone and daylight saving time settings.
"Specifying the Time Zone and Daylight Saving Time Settings of the Printer"
[NTP Server If you have specified the DNS settings, enter the name of the NTP server.
Name] If you have not specified the DNS settings, enter the IP address of the NTP server.
[Polling Interval] Specify the interval at which to request the time information from the NTP server.
If an NTP server is not available
You can notify the printer of the time set on the computer using the following procedure.
1. Display the Printer Status Window.

2. Select [Preferences (Administrators)] from the [Options] menu.
3. Select the [Notify the Printer of the Time] check box.
NOTE
Checking communication with the NTP server

You can check communication with the NTP server by clicking [Check NTP Server Connection] on the [TCP/IP Settings]
page.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻢㻞㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

Clicking [Check NTP Server Connection] initiates communication with the NTP server specified in [NTP Server Name],
and the communication result is shown in [NTP Server Connection Check Result] as follows.
[OK] Able to successfully communicate with the NTP server

Unable to communicate with the NTP server due to incorrect setting or communication
[Error]
error
3
again.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻢㻟㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-05E
Specifying a Dedicated Port

Specify the dedicated port settings to use when communicating with the computer.
1
2
3
Display the [Dedicated Port Settings] page.

(2) Click [Dedicated Port Settings].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻢㻠㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

4
Click [Edit].
5
Specify the dedicated port settings.
(1) Specify the dedicated port settings.

(2) Click [OK].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻢㻡㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

To enable a dedicated port, select the check box.
[Enable Dedicated If you do not use a dedicated port (the check box is cleared), the printer information
Port] cannot be obtained when you use the printer driver or Printer Status Window with a
network connection.
6
again.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻢㻢㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-05F

Specify the waiting time from when the printer is turned ON to when the printer is connected to the network.
NOTE
If the printer is connected to a switching hub

Even if the network settings are correct, the printer may not be able to connect to the network. This is because
communication cannot be performed between the printer and switching hub immediately after connecting the two devices
due to the spanning tree process between the devices.
In this case, you must have the printer waiting to start the network connection.
For details on the spanning tree process and other switching hub functions, contact the manufacturer.
1
2
3
Display the [Waiting Time for Connection at Startup] page.

(2) Click [Waiting Time for Connection at Startup].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻢㻣㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

4
Click [Edit].
5
Specify the waiting time until connected to the network.
(1) Specify the waiting time.

(2) Click [OK].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻢㻤㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

Enter the waiting time from when the printer is turned ON to when the printer is connected to
[Waiting Time]
the network.
6
again.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻢㻥㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-05H

Specify the communication mode and transmission speed (Ethernet type) settings of wired LAN.
1
2
3
Display the [Ethernet Driver Settings] page.

(2) Click [Ethernet Driver Settings].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻣㻜㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

4
Click [Edit].
5
Specify the communication mode and transmission speed (Ethernet type) of wired LAN.
(1) Specify the Ethernet driver settings.

(2) Click [OK].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻣㻝㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

When the communication mode and transmission speed are obtained automatically
[Auto Detect] Select the check box.
When the communication mode and transmission speed are obtained manually
[Auto Detect] Clear the check box.

Select the communication mode that corresponds to your network environment.
[Half Duplex]
[Communication
Sending and receiving are alternated and are not performed at the same time.
Mode]
[Full Duplex]
Sending and receiving are performed at the same time.
Select the transmission speed that corresponds to your network environment.

[10BASE-T]
[Ethernet Type] Set to 10BASE-T network connection.
[100BASE-TX]
Set to 100BASE-TX network connection.
6
again.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻣㻞㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-05J
Checking the IP Address of the Printer

This section describes the procedure for checking the IP address of IPv4 using the Go key on the printer to print the "User
Data List."
You can also print and check Network Status Print from the Printer Status Window.
To check the IP address of IPv6, use Network Status Print.
"Checking the Printer Settings"
1
Print the "User Data List."
"Printing the "User Data List""
2
Check the IP address.
NOTE
About the default setting

This setting is configured to automatically obtain the IP address using DHCP or the Auto IP function.
Checking and configuring the subnet

Use the following procedure to make sure that the computer and printer are on the same subnet.
1. )URPWKH>6WDUW@PHQXVHOHFW>$OO3URJUDPV@ĺ>$FFHVVRULHV@ĺ>&RPPDQG3URPSW@
2. Enter "ipconfig" as a command in Command Prompt.
3. The network setting information of the computer appears. Confirm that the computer and printer are on the same
subnet.
<Example>
Setting in a computer
Subnet mask: "255.255.255.0" The IP address of the printer needs to be "192.168.0.xxx". (xxx indicates
IP Address: "192.168.0.10" an arbitrary number.)
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻣㻟㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-05K

This section describes the procedure for checking the MAC address of the printer using the Go key on the printer to print
the "User Data List."
You can also use the following procedure to check the MAC address.
Printing Network Status Print from the Printer Status Window
Starting the Remote UI ( "Starting the Remote UI"), logging in as Management Mode, and checking with the
following page
When checking the MAC address of the wired LAN
[Settings/Registration] - [Network Settings] - [Ethernet Driver Settings] page
When checking the MAC address of the wireless LAN (LBP7110Cw Only)
[Settings/Registration] - [Network Settings] - [Wireless LAN Settings] page
1
Print the "User Data List."
2
Check the MAC address.
When checking the MAC address of the wired LAN

[MAC Address] in [3.Ethernet Driver Settings]
When checking the MAC address of the wireless LAN (LBP7110Cw Only)
[MAC Address] in [5.Wireless LAN Settings]
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻣㻠㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-05L

This section describes the procedure for checking the wireless LAN information using the Remote UI.
You can also use the following procedure to check the wireless LAN information.
Printing Network Status Print from the Printer Status Window
Printing the "User Data List" using the Go key on the printer
1
2
3
Display the [Wireless LAN Settings] page.

(2) Click [Wireless LAN Settings].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻣㻡㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

4
Check the wireless LAN information.
[MAC Address] Displays the MAC address of the printer (wireless LAN).
[Wireless LAN
Displays the connection status (signal strength) of the wireless LAN.
Status]
[Latest Error
Displays the latest error information when the wireless LAN connection fails.
Information]
[Channel] Displays the wireless LAN channel that is being used.

[SSID Settings] Displays the SSID of the access point that is set.
[Security Settings] Displays the type of encryption that is set.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻣㻢㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

[WPA/WPA2-PSK
Displays the WPA/WPA2-PSK setting.
Settings]
[WEP Settings] Displays the WEP setting.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻣㻣㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-05R

Use the following procedure to manually configure and change the port.
To change the port configuration (printing protocol), see "Changing the Port Configuration."
1
2
Right-click the icon for this printer, and then select [Printer properties] or [Properties] from the pop-
up menu.
3
(1) Display the [Ports] sheet.

(2) Click [Add Port].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻣㻤㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

4
Select the port type.
(1) Select [Canon MFNP Port] or [Standard TCP/IP Port].

(2) Click [New Port].
The port that can automatically detect the IP address of the printer.
Even if the IP address of the printer changes, the port does not have to be changed
because a new IP address is detected automatically when the printer and computer are on
the same subnet.
[Canon MFNP Port]
MFNP Port only supports IPv4. (It does not support IPv6.)
This option does not appear if you install the printer driver using a method other than
Easy Installation. (You cannot specify MFNP Port.)
TCP/IP Port that is standard with Windows.

[Standard TCP/IP Port]
If the IP address of the printer is changed, the port to be used should be changed.
5
Operation procedures vary depending on the type of port to be configured.
When configuring MFNP Port

When configuring Standard TCP/IP Port
When configuring MFNP Port
1. Select the printer with Auto Detect.
(1) Select [Auto Detect].

(2) Select the printer to configure a port.
When a port cannot be detected automatically

Enter the IP address or MAC address of the printer.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻣㻥㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

If you are not sure about the IP address or MAC address of the printer, see "Checking the IP
Address of the Printer" or "Checking the MAC Address of the Printer."
2. Click [Next].
3. Click [Add].
4. Click [Finish].
5. Proceed to Step 6.
When configuring Standard TCP/IP Port
1. Click [Next].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻤㻜㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

2. Enter the IP address or name of the printer.
(1) Enter the new IP address or name * of the printer.

(2) Click [Next].
If you are not sure about the value to be entered in [Printer Name or IP Address]
For more details, see "Basic Operations/Various Information for Windows" or ask your network
administrator.

Follow the on-screen instructions and search again for the printer, or see "Basic Operations/Various
Information for Windows" and specify [Device Type].
3. Click [Finish].
4. Proceed to Step 6.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻤㻝㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

6
Click [Close].
7
Click [Apply].
8
Click [OK].
NOTE
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻤㻞㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

When changing the port configuration (printing protocol)
"Changing the Port Configuration"
When deleting an unnecessary port

Select the port you want to delete on the [Ports] sheet, and then click [Delete Port].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻤㻟㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-05S
Changing the Port Configuration

Use the following procedure to change the port configuration (printing protocol).
1
2
up menu.
3

(2) Click [Configure Port].
4
Change the port configuration information.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻤㻠㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

(1) Configure the printing protocol settings.
(2) Click [OK].
For MFNP Port
[Protocol Type] Select the printing protocol (RAW or LPR).

Enter the port number of the printing protocol
[Port Number]
configured on the printer.
For Standard TCP/IP Port
[Protocol] Select the printing protocol (RAW or LPR).

Enter the port number for RAW configured
[Raw Settings]
on the printer in [Port Number].
[LPR Settings] Enter "lp" in [Queue Name].
NOTE
About printing protocols

RAW (RAW printing):
Printing protocol to use with Windows XP/Vista/7/Server 2003/Server 2008. Enables faster printing than with LPR
(LPD printing).
LPR (LPD printing):
Printing protocol normally used with TCP/IP.
Setting the printer port number

5
Click [Close].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻤㻡㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻤㻢㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠
0F40-05U

If you use the printer in the print server environment, you can perform printing from other computers (clients) that are not
directly connected to this printer.
The computer directly connected to the printer is called "print server", and the other computers which use the printer via
the print server are called "clients."
Also, if you set the print server, you can manage the printer efficiently as follows.
You can manage the clients' printing preferences on the print server.
Clients can download and install the printer driver from the print server. (The CD-ROM is not required.)
If you want to use the printer in the print server environment, perform any one of the following tasks.
If your computer is the print server
1. Install the printer driver.

If the printer driver is already installed, you do not need to install it.
You can connect the printer and the print server via USB or the network. Select a connecting method
according to your environment.
2. Configure the print server.

"Configuring the Print Server"
If your computer is a client computer
Install the printer driver.

There are two ways to install the printer driver on client computers: Local installation and download installation.
<Local Installation>
You can install the printer driver using the supplied CD-ROM. The e-Manual is also installed simultaneously when selecting
"Easy Installation."
"Easy Installation"
<Download Installation>
You can install the printer driver without using the supplied CD-ROM, but by downloading the printer driver from the print
server.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻤㻣㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

"Installing from the Printer Folder"
"Installing from [Windows Explorer]"
NOTE

Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻤㻤㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-05W
Configuring the Print Server
Before configuring the print server, check the settings of your network environment.
"Checking the Settings of Your Network"
1
2
Display the [Sharing] sheet.
Right-click the icon for this printer, and then select [Sharing] from the pop-up menu.
1. Right-click the icon for this printer, and then select [Printer properties] from the pop-up menu.
2. Display the [Sharing] sheet.
3
Select [Share this printer]. Change [Share name] as needed.
Select the [Share this printer] check box. Change [Share name] as needed.
Do not use spaces or special characters for the share name.
If [Change sharing options] appears

Click [Change sharing options].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻤㻥㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

If the [User Account Control] dialog box appears, click [Continue].
Next, install the additional driver using the following procedure.
4
[Additional Drivers].
NOTE
When updating an additional driver (replacement driver)

1. Uninstall the printer driver on the print server.

2. Install the new printer driver on the print server.
3. Reinstall the additional driver.
5
Select the additional driver.
(1) Select the additional driver. *
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻥㻜㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

(2) Click [OK].
* Select the additional driver as follows according to the operating system on the print server.
Print Server Additional Driver to Be Selected
32-bit operating system Select the [x64] check box.

64-bit operating system Select the check box for [Windows 2000, Windows XP and
(Windows XP and Server 2003) Windows Server 2003] in the [Version] column.
64-bit operating system

Select the check box for [x86] in the [Processor] column.
(Windows Vista, 7, and Server 2008)
If you are not sure whether you are using a 32-bit operating system or 64-bit operating system
(Windows Vista, 7, and Server 2008)
6
Click [Browse].
7
If a 32-bit operating system is running on the print server

If a 64-bit operating system is running on the print server

8
Open the INF file.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻥㻝㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

(2) Click [Open].
9
Click [OK] to start the installation of the additional driver.
ĺ Wait a moment until the [Sharing] sheet automatically reappears. (It may take a long time to install the additional
driver.)

Click [Yes].
10
Click [Close] or [OK].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻥㻞㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

ĺ [State] or the printer icon change to those for the sharing settings.
IMPORTANT
To clear the printer sharing settings

Clear it using the following procedure.
Select [Do not share this printer] in the [Sharing] sheet.
Clear the [Share this printer] check box in the [Sharing] sheet.
If [Change sharing options] appears, click [Change sharing options].

If the [User Account Control] dialog box appears, click [Continue].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻥㻟㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-05X
Checking the Settings of Your Network

Before configuring the print server, check the settings of your network environment using the following procedure.
1
)URPWKH>6WDUW@PHQXVHOHFW>&RQWURO3DQHO@DQGWKHQFOLFN>1HWZRUNDQG,QWHUQHW&RQQHFWLRQV@ĺ>1HWZRUN&RQQHFWLRQV@
)URPWKH>6WDUW@PHQXVHOHFW>&RQWURO3DQHO@DQGWKHQFOLFN>9LHZQHWZRUNVWDWXVDQGWDVNV@ĺ>0DQDJHQHWZRUN
connections].
)URPWKH>6WDUW@PHQXVHOHFW>&RQWURO3DQHO@DQGWKHQFOLFN>9LHZQHWZRUNVWDWXVDQGWDVNV@ĺ>&KDQJHDGDSWHUVHWWLQJV@
)URPWKH>6WDUW@PHQXVHOHFW>&RQWURO3DQHO@ĺ>1HWZRUN&RQQHFWLRQV@ĺ>/RFDO$UHD&RQQHFWLRQ@
From the [Start] menu, select [Control Panel], double-click [Network and Sharing Center], and then click [Manage network
connections].
2
Display the [Local Area Connection Properties] dialog box.
Right-click the [Local Area Connection] icon, then select [Properties] from the pop-up menu.
Click [Properties].

Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻥㻠㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

3
Make sure that [File and Printer Sharing for Microsoft Networks] is selected.
(1) Make sure that the [File and Printer Sharing for Microsoft Networks] check box is selected.
(If the check box is not selected, select it.)
(2) Click [OK].
NOTE
If you are using Windows XP

You cannot configure the print server with the operating system default settings (the settings immediately after
installation).
Before configuring the print server, run [Network Setup Wizard] to enable the printer sharing settings.
For more details, see Windows Help.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻥㻡㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-05Y
Installation on Clients
There are two ways to install the printer driver on client computers: Local installation and download installation.
Local Installation
You can install the printer driver using the supplied CD-ROM. The e-Manual is also installed simultaneously when selecting
"Easy Installation."
"Easy Installation"
Download Installation
You can install the printer driver without using the supplied CD-ROM, but by downloading the printer driver from the print
server.
"Installing from the Printer Folder"
"Installing from [Windows Explorer]"
NOTE

Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻥㻢㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-060
Installing from the Printer Folder

The procedure for installing the printer driver from the printer folder varies depending on your operating system.
See the following according to your operating system.
1
Turn the computer on, and then log on to Windows.
2
3
4
Click [Add a network, wireless or Bluetooth printer].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻥㻣㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

5
Click [The printer that I want isn't listed].
6
(1) Select [Select a shared printer by name].

(2) Click [Next].
7
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻥㻤㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

(2) Click [Select].
NOTE
Specifying the network path directly

Specify the network path as "\\the print server name (the computer name of the print server)\the printer name."
8
Click [Install driver].

9
Click [Next].
Vista and Server 2008)
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻥㻥㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

10
Click [Finish].
If you want to print a test page, click [Print a test page].
7 and Server 2008 R2)
1
2
3
Display [Add Printer Wizard].
Double-click [Add Printer].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻟㻜㻜㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

4
Click [Next].
5
Select a printer type.
(1) Select [A network printer, or a printer attached to another computer].

(2) Click [Next].
6
(1) Select [Connect to this printer].

(2) Click [Next].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻟㻜㻝㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

7

(2) Click [Next].
If the [Connect to Printer] dialog box appears

Follow the directions in the message.
NOTE
Specifying the network path directly

Specify the network path as "\\the print server name (the computer name of the print server)\the printer name."
8
When the following screen appears, select whether or not to use this printer as the default printer.
(1) If you want to use the printer as the default printer, select [Yes].
(2) Click [Next].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻟㻜㻞㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

9
Click [Finish].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻟㻜㻟㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-061
Installing from [Windows Explorer]
1
2
Display [Windows Explorer].
)URPWKH>6WDUW@PHQXVHOHFW>$OO3URJUDPV@ĺ>$FFHVVRULHV@ĺ>:LQGRZV([SORUHU@
3
(1) Select the print server from [My Network Places] or [Network].
(2) Double-click the shared printer icon or drag and drop the icon into the printer folder.
4
Follow the on-screen instructions to install the printer driver.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻟㻜㻠㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-062
Managing the Printer
Software That Can Be Used for Managing the Printer

Remote UI
MF/LBP Network Setup Tool
Managing Print Jobs
Checking the Printer Settings

Printing the "User Data List"
Specifying the System Manager Information
Specifying the Device Name and Installation Location
Specifying the Time Zone and Daylight Saving Time Settings of the Printer

Initializing Using the Remote UI
Initializing Using the Reset Button
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻟㻜㻡㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-063
Software That Can Be Used for Managing the Printer

You can manage the printer using the following software.
Because the items you can manage differ depending on the software, use each software according to your environment or
the item you want to manage.
: Can be managed
: Cannot be managed
: Can be managed partly
Management Item Printer Status Window Remote UI MF/LBP Network Setup Tool
Managing Print
Jobs
Checking the
Printer Settings
Specifying the
System Manager
Information
Specifying the
Device Name and
Installation Location
Specifying the Time
Zone and Daylight
Saving Time
Settings of the
Printer
Changing the
Network Settings for
the Printer
Security Settings
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻟㻜㻢㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-064
Remote UI
The Remote UI allows you to manage the printer using a Web browser.
<Features of the Remote UI>

No specific software is needed.
You can operate the Remote UI in a Web browser. You do not need specific software to operate the Remote UI.
You can manage the printer from a remote location.
By accessing and operating the printer from the Web browser via a network, you can manage the printer using a
computer in a remote location.
You can perform various operations, such as checking the current printer status or job logs and specifying various
network settings in the Remote UI.
Central management of all the printer settings with the manager password (PIN)
Only the manager can configure the settings or perform the operations related to the printer management by setting
the manager password (PIN).
Starting the Remote UI
Screen Layout of the Remote UI
Displaying or Changing the Support Link
Changing the Display Language of the Remote UI
System Requirements of the Remote UI
Web Browser Internet Explorer 7.0 or later

Windows XP
Operating System Windows Vista
Windows 7
Display Resolution: 1024 x 768 pixels or more
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻟㻜㻣㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-065

There are the following two ways to start the Remote UI.
Starting the Remote UI from the Printer Status Window
Starting the Remote UI Directly from a Web Browser
Before starting the Remote UI, see "Attention (Remote UI)."
Starting the Remote UI from the Printer Status Window
1
2
Click [ ] (Remote UI).
If you cannot click [ ] (Remote UI)
Check the following points.

The printer and computer are connected properly via a network.
3
Log in to the Remote UI.
(1) Select the login mode.

(2) Click [Log In].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻟㻜㻤㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

Select this mode when logging in as manager.
[Management
Mode] You can perform all operations and specify all settings of the Remote UI.
When selecting [Management Mode], enter the PIN.

[System If the PIN is not specified, you do not need to enter it.
Manager PIN] "Specifying the System Manager Information"
Select this mode when logging in as a general user.

[End-User Mode] You can check the printer status, manage print jobs, and so on.
Starting the Remote UI Directly from a Web Browser
1
Start the Web browser.
2
Enter "http://<the IP address of the printer>/" in the address field, and then press the [ENTER] key on
your keyboard.
Input Example: "http://192.168.0.215/"
If you are not sure about the IP address of the printer, see "Checking the IP Address of the Printer."
If the host name of the printer is registered in the DNS server, you can enter ["host name"."domain name"] instead of
the IP address.
Input Example: "http://my_printer.xy_dept.company.com/"
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻟㻜㻥㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

If the Remote UI does not start
Check the following points.

The printer and computer are connected properly via a network.
The IP address or ["host name"."domain name"] is entered correctly.
3
Log in to the Remote UI.
(1) Select the login mode.

(2) Click [Log In].
Select this mode when logging in as manager.

[Management
Mode] You can perform all operations and specify all settings of the Remote UI.
When selecting [Management Mode], enter the PIN.

[System If the PIN is not specified, you do not need to enter it.
Manager PIN] "Specifying the System Manager Information"
Select this mode when logging in as a general user.

[End-User Mode] You can check the printer status, manage print jobs, and so on.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻟㻝㻜㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-066
Attention (Remote UI)
NOTE
When using SSL encrypted communication

To use SSL encrypted communication, a key and certificate must be created, and the key must be registered as the
default key.
For details on the SSL encryption communication function and the procedure for registering a key, see "Setting the SSL
Encrypted Communication Function" and "Specifying Keys and Certificates/CA Certificates."
When SSL is enabled and the display of certificate error (security warning) or a message appears
Follow the directions in the message.
When SSL is enabled and the Remote UI does not start

The key management file may be damaged, so perform the following procedure.
1. Initialize the system settings using the reset button on the printer.
"Initializing Using the Reset Button"
2. Specify the network connection settings.
"Specifying the Connection Settings"
3. Create the key and certificate again, and specify the SSL settings using the Remote UI.
"Specifying Keys and Certificates/CA Certificates"
"Setting the SSL Encrypted Communication Function"
When using a proxy server

On the settings for the proxy server of the Web browser, add the IP address of the printer to [Exceptions] (the addresses
that do not use the proxy server).
The settings vary depending on the network environment. Consult your network administrator.
About cookies
Configure your Web browser to enable cookies.
If the Remote UI is running on multiple computers at a time, the latest settings are valid.
If you want to log in as Management Mode, we recommend that only one Remote UI should be running at a time.
If no operations are performed after login

If no operations are performed for 5 minutes, you must log in again before using the Remote UI.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻟㻝㻝㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-067
Screen Layout of the Remote UI
Portal page
The following screen displayed when you log in to the Remote UI is called the "portal page."
(1) Updates the information in the currently displayed page to the latest one.
(2) Displays the current status of the printer and error information.
Displays the link to the error information when an error occurs.
(3) Displays information related to the paper and the remaining toner.
(4) Displays the support link specified with [Device Information].
"Displaying or Changing the Support Link"
(5) Logs out and displays the top page (login screen) of the Remote UI.
(6) Creates an e-mail to the system manager specified with [System Manager Information].
(7) Displays Help for the currently displayed page in a new window.
(8) Displays the status, history, and so on for printer jobs.
"[Status Monitor/Cancel] page"
(9) Displays/changes the information about the settings of the printer.
"[Settings/Registration] page"
[Status Monitor/Cancel] page
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻟㻝㻞㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

(1) Display the following pages.
You can display and cancel jobs that are currently being printed and waiting to be
[Job Status] page printed.
Displays the job history.
[Job History] page
Displays the error information of the printer.

[Error Information] You can also click messages displayed in [Error Information] on the portal
page page to display this page when an error occurs.
[Device Features]
Displays information such as the maximum print speed of the printer (A4 or Letter).
page
[Device Information] Displays information related to the printer, such as the printer name, installation
page location, and system manager.
[Check Counter]
Displays the total number of printed pages to date.
page
(2) Displays the portal page of the Remote UI.

(3) Displays the hierarchy of the page currently being displayed.
(4) Updates the information in the currently displayed page to the latest one.
(5) If the page is scrolled down, moves the scroll box up to the top of the page.
[Settings/Registration] page
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻟㻝㻟㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

(1) Display the following pages.
Displays/changes the information about the language display settings of the Remote
[Display Settings]
UI.
page
"Changing the Display Language of the Remote UI"
Displays/changes the information about the time zone and daylight saving time
[Timer Settings]
settings of the printer.
page
"Specifying the Time Zone and Daylight Saving Time Settings of the Printer"
Displays/changes the information about the general printer settings, such as

information about the system manager.
[System Settings]
"Specifying the System Manager Information"
page
"Specifying the Device Name and Installation Location"
"Displaying or Changing the Support Link"
Displays/changes the information about the security settings, such as the access
[Security Settings] restrictions and key and certificate settings.
page "Restricting the Users Who Can Print and Specify Settings"
Displays/changes the information about the network settings, such as the protocol
settings.
"Changing the Network Settings for the Printer"
[Network Settings]
"Checking the Wireless LAN Information (LBP7110Cw Only)"
page
"Monitoring/Controlling Devices by SNMP (SNMP Settings)"
"Setting IEEE 802.1X Authentication"
You can initialize (reset to the default values) the system settings and the key and
[Initialize Settings certificate.
Information] page "Initializing the System Settings"
"Initializing Keys and Certificates/CA Certificates"
(2) Displays the portal page of the Remote UI.

(3) Displays the hierarchy of the page currently being displayed. Click to display the page.
(4) If the page is scrolled down, moves the scroll box up to the top of the page.
NOTE
Changing the system settings

When you log in using [End-User Mode], only the [System Settings] page is displayed.
You can only change the settings if you log in using [Management Mode].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻟㻝㻠㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-068
Displaying or Changing the Support Link

With the Remote UI, you can specify the link to the site that provides information about the printer support, and you can
access the site from the Remote UI as needed.
If you logged in as Management Mode, you can change the link settings.
Displaying the Support Link
1
Start the Remote UI, and then log in.
2
Click a specified link from [Support Link] in the portal page.
Changing the Support Link
1
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻟㻝㻡㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

2
3
Display the [Edit System Settings] page.
(1) Select [System Settings].

(2) Click [Edit].
4
Change the link.
(1) Enter the URL of the link in [Support Link] in [Device Information].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻟㻝㻢㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

(2) Click [OK].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻟㻝㻣㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-069
Changing the Display Language of the Remote UI

If you logged in as Management Mode, you can change the displayed language of the Remote UI.
1
2
3
Display the [Edit Display Settings] page.
(1) Select [Display Settings].

(2) Click [Edit].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻟㻝㻤㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

4
Change the display language.
(1) Select a display language.

(2) Click [OK].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻟㻝㻥㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-06A
MF/LBP Network Setup Tool

You can use "MF/LBP Network Setup Tool" to initialize the network settings.
<Features of "MF/LBP Network Setup Tool">

Easily navigating the setting procedures
You can easily navigate the setting procedures by using the graphical displays of the wizard.
No installation is required
"MF/LBP Network Setup Tool" is software provided in the supplied CD-ROM. You can start "MF/LBP Network Setup
Tool" directly from the CD-ROM without installing it.
Directly Starting the MF/LBP Network Setup Tool

When you install the printer driver using "Easy Installation," "MF/LBP Network Setup Tool" starts automatically.
"Easy Installation"
Specifying the Connection Settings Using "MF/LBP Network Setup Tool"
The setting procedure varies depending on your environment. Follow the instructions on the screen to specify the settings.

Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻟㻞㻜㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

System Requirements of "MF/LBP Network Setup Tool"
Operating System
Windows XP Professional or Home Edition
Windows XP Professional x64 Edition
Windows Vista (32-bit or 64-bit version)
Windows 7 (32-bit or 64-bit version)
Windows Server 2003
Windows Server 2003 x64 Editions
Windows Server 2008 (32-bit or 64-bit version)
For details on the latest "MF/LBP Network Setup Tool," see the Canon Web site (http://www.canon.com/).
Computer
A computer on which any one of the above operating systems can run
Interface
When connecting with the USB cable

Hi-Speed USB/USB
When connecting with wired LAN

Connector: 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX
Protocol: TCP/IP
When connecting with wireless LAN (LBP7110Cw Only)

Standard: IEEE 802.11b/g/n
Protocol: TCP/IP
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻟㻞㻝㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-06C
Directly Starting the MF/LBP Network Setup Tool
1
2
3



4
Click [Start] in [MF/LBP Network Setup Tool].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻟㻞㻞㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻟㻞㻟㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠
0F40-06E
Managing Print Jobs

Using the Remote UI, you can check/cancel the jobs currently being printed or waiting to be printed, or you can check print
logs.
You can also cancel print jobs using a method other than the Remote UI.
"Canceling a Job"
Checking/Canceling the Job Currently Being Printed or Waiting to Be Printed
1
2
Click [Status Monitor/Cancel].
3
Select [Job Status].
Displays a list of jobs currently being printed and waiting to be printed.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻟㻞㻠㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

4
To cancel a job, click [Cancel] for the job you want to cancel.

Checking Print Logs
1
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻟㻞㻡㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

2
Click [Status Monitor/Cancel].
3
Select [Job History].
NOTE
Print logs
Up to 50 jobs can be displayed.
When the number of jobs exceeds 50, the print logs are automatically deleted starting from the oldest one.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻟㻞㻢㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-06F
Checking the Printer Settings

You can check the printer status, network settings, and so on by printing Status Print.
Status Print is designed to be printed on A4 paper. Be sure to use A4 paper.

You can also check the network settings and so on using the following procedure.
Printing the "User Data List" using the Go key on the printer
Starting the Remote UI ( "Starting the Remote UI"), logging in as Management Mode, and checking with the
[Settings/Registration] - [Network Settings] page
1
Load A4 paper in the paper drawer.
"Loading Paper"
2
3
!_ # X# X ` {#X
[Configuration Page Print]

Prints the settings of the printer unit and other current printer information.
[Network Status Print]

Prints the TCP/IP settings including the IP address and information including security settings.
4
Click [OK] to print Status Print.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻟㻞㻣㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

If Status Print is not printed
"Printing Cannot Be Performed (USB Connection)"
"Printing Cannot Be Performed (Wired LAN Connection)"
"Printing Cannot Be Performed (Wireless LAN Connection) (LBP7110Cw Only)"
"Printing Cannot Be Performed (via the Print Server)"
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻟㻞㻤㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-06H
Printing the "User Data List"

You can check the network settings and so on by printing the "User Data List."
The "User Data List" is designed to be printed on A4 paper. Be sure to use A4 paper.
1
"Loading Paper"
2
Check that the indicators on the printer are as follows.
The (Job) indicator is off.

The (Ready) indicator is on or blinking.
3
Press and hold the [ ] (Go) key (for 3 seconds) to print the "User Data List."
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻟㻞㻥㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-06J
Specifying the System Manager Information

Specify the manager password (PIN) and manager information of the printer.
1
2
3

(2) Click [Edit].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻟㻟㻜㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

4
Specify the system manager information.
(1) Specify the manager password (PIN) and manager information of the printer.
(2) Click [OK].
[Set/Change PIN] To specify a PIN, select the check box.
[PIN] Enter a new desired PIN.
[Confirm] To confirm the PIN, enter the PIN again.

[System Manager] Enter the name of the system manager.
[Contact
Enter the contact information of the system manager.
Information]
[E-Mail Address] Enter the e-mail address of the system manager.
[System Manager
Enter the comments of the system manager.
Comment]
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻟㻟㻝㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

NOTE
Setting the PIN

You can set up to a 7-digit number.
If you enter less than 7 digits
<Example>:<RXHQWHUĺLVVHW
If you enter a number beginning with "0"
<Example>:<RXHQWHURUĺLVVHW
You cannot register a PIN consisting of a series of zeros, such as "00."
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻟㻟㻞㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-06K
Specifying the Device Name and Installation Location

Specify the printer name, installation location, and so on.
1
2
3

(2) Click [Edit].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻟㻟㻟㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

4
Specify the device information.
(1) Specify the printer name, installation location, and so on.

(2) Click [OK].
[Device Name] Enter the printer name.

[Location] Enter the installation location of the printer.
Enter the URL of the link of the support link.

[Support Link] For details on the support link, see "Displaying or Changing the Support Link."
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻟㻟㻠㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-06L
Specifying the Time Zone and Daylight Saving Time Settings of the
Printer
Specify the time zone of the region where the printer is being used and whether to use daylight saving time.
The standard time for each region is shown as the time difference (up to ± 12 hours) from the Coordinated Universal
Time (UTC). A time zone is a region throughout which the standard time is the same.
1
2
3
Display the [Edit Timer Settings] page.
(1) Select [Timer Settings].

(2) Click [Edit].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻟㻟㻡㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

4
Specify the time zone and daylight saving time settings.
(1) Specify the time zone of the region where the printer is being used and whether to use daylight saving time.
(2) Click [OK].
Select the time zone of the region where the printer is being used.
[Time Zone For the time zone, select the time difference from the Coordinated Universal Time
Settings] (UTC).
[Use Daylight
To use daylight saving time, select the check box.
Saving Time]
[Start] Select the day daylight saving time starts.
[End] Select the day daylight saving time ends.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻟㻟㻢㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-06R

You can initialize (reset to the default values) the following setting information using the Remote UI or the reset button.
System Manager Information *1
Device Information *2
Security Settings
Network Settings
*1 When you use the reset button, [System Manager] is not initialized.
*2 When you use the reset button, [Device Name] and [Location] are not initialized.

You can initialize setting information individually and initialize the system settings all at once.

You can initialize the system settings all at once using the reset button on the printer.
IMPORTANT
Precautions when initializing the system settings

Make sure that the printer is not operating before initializing the system settings.
If you initialize the system settings while the printer is printing or receiving data, the received data may not be printed
properly, or may result in paper jams or damage to the printer.
NOTE
Initializing the key and certificate or CA certificate

Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻟㻟㻣㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-06S

You can initialize (reset to the default values) the following setting information individually or all at once.
System Manager Information
Device Information
Security Settings
Network Settings
1
2
3
Display the [Initialize System Settings] page.
(1) Select [Initialize Settings Information].

(2) Click [Initialize System Settings].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻟㻟㻤㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

4
Initialize the system settings.
(1) Select the setting information to initialize.

(2) Click [Initialize].
5
Clicking [OK] initializes the selected setting information.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻟㻟㻥㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

6
Restart the printer after initializing the network settings.
again.
ĺ After the printer is restarted, the initialization is complete.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻟㻠㻜㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-06U

You can initialize (reset to the default values) the following setting information all at once.
System Manager Information *1
Device Information *2
Security Settings
Network Settings
*1 [System Manager] is not initialized.
*2 [Device Name] and [Location] are not initialized.
1
Turn the printer OFF.
ĺ Check that the Main Power indicator is off.
2
Turning ON the printer while pressing the reset button (A) initializes the system settings.
Press the reset button with the tip of a pen, thin pin, or similar item.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻟㻠㻝㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-06W
Security Settings
Restricting the Users Who Can Print and Specify Settings
Monitoring/Controlling Devices by SNMP (SNMP Settings)
Specifying Keys and Certificates/CA Certificates

Creating Keys and Certificates
Installing Keys and Certificates/CA Certificates

Checking Keys and Certificates/CA Certificates
Deleting Keys and Certificates/CA Certificates
Setting the SSL Encrypted Communication Function
Setting IEEE 802.1X Authentication
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻟㻠㻞㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-06X
Restricting the Users Who Can Print and Specify Settings

You can restrict the users who can print and specify settings (the users who can send/receive data) based on their IP
addresses and MAC addresses.
Restricting Based on IP Addresses
Restricting Based on MAC Addresses
NOTE
If restricted users try to print

The message <Network Communication Error> appears in the Printer Status Window.
Restricting Based on IP Addresses
1
2
3
Display the [IP Address Filter] page.
(1) Select [Security Settings].

(2) Click [IP Address Filter].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻟㻠㻟㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

4
Click [Edit] in the filter which you want to specify.
[IPv4 Address: TX Filter] Restricts data transmission from the printer based on the specified IPv4 addresses.
[IPv4 Address: RX Filter] Restricts data reception to the printer based on the specified IPv4 addresses.
[IPv6 Address: TX Filter] Restricts data transmission from the printer based on the specified IPv6 addresses.
[IPv6 Address: RX Filter] Restricts data reception to the printer based on the specified IPv6 addresses.
(The following describes the procedure for the [IPv4 Address: TX Filter] screen as an example.)
5
Select the [Use Filter] check box.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻟㻠㻠㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

6
Select [Default Policy].
Restricts data transmission to or data reception from IP addresses other than those specified in
[Exception Addresses].
[Reject]
(Only the IP addresses specified in [Exception Addresses] are available for transmission or
reception.)
Allows data transmission to or data reception from IP addresses other than those specified in
[Allow] [Exception Addresses].
(Only the IP addresses specified in [Exception Addresses] are restricted.)
7
Specify the exception IP address for [Default Policy].
(1) Enter the exception IP address for the policy selected in [Default Policy] at Step 6.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻟㻠㻡㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

(2) Click [Add].
<Method for entering IPv4 addresses>
Specification
Input Method Input Example
Method
Single Address Enter the IP address, with the numbers separated by periods (.). 192.168.0.10
To enter the IP addresses of consecutive numbers, place a hyphen (-)
between the address of the smallest number and that of the largest
number. 192.168.0.10-
Multiple Addresses
This setting specifies the range of IP addresses to be excepted. 192.168.0.20
This setting is useful when you want to specify a series of addresses at a
time.
To specify with a prefix (0 to 32), place a slash (/) between the prefix
address and the prefix length.
Prefix Address This setting specifies the prefix to be excepted. 192.168.0.10/24
This setting is useful when you want to specify addresses having the same
prefix at a time.
Up to 16 addresses (or 16 ranges of addresses) can be specified for the single address, multiple addresses, and prefix
address combined.
An address consisting of only zeros cannot be specified.
<Method for entering IPv6 addresses>
Specification Input
Input Method
Method Example
Single Address Enter the IP address, with the alphanumeric characters separated by a colon (:). fe80::10
To enter the IP addresses of consecutive numbers, place a hyphen (-) between

the address of the smallest number and that of the largest number. fe80::10-
Multiple Addresses
This setting specifies the range of IP addresses to be excepted. fe80::20
This setting is useful when you want to specify a series of addresses at a time.
To specify with a prefix (0 to 128), place a slash (/) between the prefix address
and the prefix length.
Prefix Address This setting specifies the prefix to be excepted. fe80::10/64
This setting is useful when you want to specify addresses having the same prefix
at a time.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻟㻠㻢㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠
Up to 16 addresses (or 16 ranges of addresses) can be specified for the single address, multiple addresses, and prefix
address combined.
An address consisting of only zeros cannot be specified.
NOTE
When deleting a set IP address
(1) Select an IP address you want to delete.

(2) Click [Delete].
8
Click [OK].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻟㻠㻣㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

9
again.
Restricting Based on MAC Addresses
1
2
3
Display the [MAC Address Filter] page.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻟㻠㻤㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

(2) Click [MAC Address Filter].
4
Click [Edit] in the filter which you want to specify.
[TX Filter] Restricts data transmission from the printer.
[RX Filter] Restricts data reception to the printer.
(The following describes the procedure for the [TX Filter] screen as an example.)
5
Select the [Use Filter] check box.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻟㻠㻥㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

6
Select [Default Policy].
Restricts data transmission to or data reception from MAC addresses other than those specified
in [Exception Addresses].
[Reject]
(Only the MAC addresses specified in [Exception Addresses] are available for transmission or
reception.)
Allows data transmission to or data reception from MAC addresses other than those specified in
[Allow] [Exception Addresses].
(Only the MAC addresses specified in [Exception Addresses] are restricted.)
IMPORTANT
When selecting [Reject]

You cannot access from a MAC address not set in [Exception Addresses]. Therefore, confirm the MAC address when
entering it.
If there is no corresponding MAC address, you cannot access the network. In this case, you can access the
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻟㻡㻜㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

network by initializing the system settings using the reset button on the printer.
"Initializing Using the Reset Button"
7
Specify the exception MAC address for [Default Policy].
(1) Enter the exception MAC address for the policy selected in [Default Policy] at Step 6.
Enter the MAC address without the hyphens (-), for example, AABBCCDDEEFF.
(2) Click [Add].
Up to 32 addresses can be specified.
NOTE
When deleting a set MAC address
(1) Select a MAC address you want to delete.

(2) Click [Delete].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻟㻡㻝㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

8
Click [OK].
9
again.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻟㻡㻞㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻟㻡㻟㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠
0F40-06Y
Monitoring/Controlling Devices by SNMP (SNMP Settings)

You can monitor and control the printer by using SNMP support devices such as computers connected to networks. This
printer supports SNMPv1, and SNMPv3 with enhanced security and authentication features.
1
2
3
Display the [SNMP Settings] page.

(2) Click [SNMP Settings].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻟㻡㻠㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

4
Click [Edit].
5
Configure the SNMPv1 protocol.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻟㻡㻡㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

[Use SNMPv1] Select the check box to use the SNMPv1 protocol.
[Community Specify an SNMPv1 community name. You can enter up to 32 single-byte alphanumeric
Name 1] characters. The default value is [public].
Specify the MIB access authority of [Community Name 1]. When both reading and writing are
permitted, you can access the printer from a computer on the network and change settings.
[MIB Access [Read/Write]
Permission 1] Both reading and writing are permitted.
[Read Only]
Reading only is permitted.
[Community Specify an SNMPv1 community name. You can enter up to 32 single-byte alphanumeric
Name 2] characters.
Specifies the MIB access authority of [Community Name 2]. When both reading and writing are
permitted, you can access the printer from a computer on the network and change settings.
Permission 2] Both reading and writing are permitted.
[Read Only]
Specify a dedicated community and its MIB access right.

[Off]
[Dedicated The dedicated community is deactivated.
Community [Read/Write]
Settings] Both reading and writing are permitted.
[Read Only]
6
Configure the SNMPv3 protocol.
To specify SNMPv3, you need to activate SSL features in advance.

Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻟㻡㻢㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

[Use SNMPv3] Select the check box to use the SNMPv3 protocol.
[User Settings 1]/[User Settings 2]/[User Settings 3]
Select the check box if you want to register/edit user information or enable the registered user
[Enable User]
information.
Enter the user name to be used for the SNMPv3 protocol. You can enter up to 32 single-byte
[User Name]
Specify the MIB access authority. When both reading and writing are permitted, a user can
access the printer from a computer on the network and change settings.
Permission] Both reading and writing are permitted.
[Read Only]
Specify the security settings.

[Authentication On/Encryption On]
Both authentication and encryption are adopted.
[Security
[Authentication On/Encryption Off]
Settings]
Only authentication is adopted.
[Authentication Off/Encryption Off]
Neither authentication nor encryption is adopted.
Select the algorithm to be used for authentication.

[MD5]
MD5 is used.
[SHA1]
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻟㻡㻣㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

[Authentication SHA1 is used.
Algorithm]
To set or change the authentication password
Select the [Set/Change Password] check box, and then enter the password to
[Authentication Password] and [Confirm].
You can enter 6 to 16 single-byte alphanumeric characters.
Select the encryption algorithm.

[DES]
DES is used.
[AES]
[Encryption AES is used.
Algorithm]
To set or change the encryption password
Select the [Set/Change Password] check box, and then enter the password to [Encryption
Password] and [Confirm].
You can enter 6 to 16 single-byte alphanumeric characters.
[Context Settings]
[Context Name 1]
Enter a context name to be used in the SNMPv3 protocol. You can enter up to 32 single-byte
[Context Name 2]
[Context Name 3]
7
Specify whether or not to obtain the printer management information as needed.
[Obtain Printer
Management Select the check box if you want to periodically obtain the printer management information such
Information from as print applications and ports from host computers on the network by using SNMP.
Host]
8
Click [OK].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻟㻡㻤㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

9
again.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻟㻡㻥㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-070
Specifying Keys and Certificates/CA Certificates

You need to register keys and certificates to use SSL encrypted communication.
You need to register keys and certificates or CA certificates to perform IEEE 802.1X authentication.
The procedure for registering keys and certificates/CA certificates varies depending on the system environment. See the
registration procedure according to your environment.
To create keys and certificates

When using the printer by creating keys and server certificates (self-signed certificates), perform the following tasks.
1. Create keys and certificates.

"Creating Keys and Certificates"
2. Check the created key and certificate.

"Checking Keys and Certificates/CA Certificates"
To use the key and certificate/CA certificate saved in the computer on the printer
When using a key and certificate file/CA certificate file to install (register) in the printer, perform the following tasks.
1. Install the key and certificate/CA certificate in the printer.

"Installing Keys and Certificates/CA Certificates"
2. Check the installed key and certificate/CA certificate.

IMPORTANT
About the number of keys and certificates/CA certificates that can be created or installed
(registered)
You can register up to 3 sets of keys and certificates/CA certificates.
If you cannot create or install (register) the keys and certificates/CA certificates, delete any unnecessary ones.
"Deleting Keys and Certificates/CA Certificates"
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻟㻢㻜㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-071
Creating Keys and Certificates

Create a key and server certificate (self-signed certificate) on the printer.
1
2
3
Display the [Key and Certificate Settings] page.

(2) Click [Key and Certificate Settings].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻟㻢㻝㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

4
Click [Generate Key].
5
Specify a key to be created.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻟㻢㻞㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

Specify the name of the encryption key. You can enter up to 24 single-byte alphanumeric
[Key Name]
characters.
[Signature Algorithm] Select the signature algorithm.
[Key Algorithm] Select the key algorithm.
NOTE
About the key generation algorithm

The algorithm for generating a new key on this printer is RSA.
About the key length

As the key is longer, it is more difficult to decrypt the encrypted key, but the processing speed of encryption and
decryption drops. Select the key length according to the need for security in data communications.
6
Specify the certificate.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻟㻢㻟㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

Specify the date on which the validity of the certificate starts. Enter the date (January 1, 2000
[Validity Start Date]
to December 31, 2037).
Specify the date on which the validity of the certificate ends. Enter the date (January 1, 2000 to
[Validity End Date]
December 31, 2037).
Specify the country/region name.

When selecting the country/region from a list of registered country codes
Select the [Select Country/Region Name] check box, and then select the country/region
[Country/Region] name from the pull-down menu.
When directly entering an Internet country code
Select the [Enter Internet Country Code] check box, and then enter the Internet country
code.
[State] Enter the state name. You can enter up to 24 single-byte alphanumeric characters.
[City] Enter the city name. You can enter up to 24 single-byte alphanumeric characters.
[Organization] Enter the organization name. You can enter up to 24 single-byte alphanumeric characters.
Enter the unit of the organization such as a department name. You can enter up to 24 single-
[Organization Unit]
byte alphanumeric characters.
Enter the IP address or FQDN (in the format such as xyz.company.com) of the printer. You can
[Common Name]
enter up to 48 single-byte alphanumeric characters.
7
Click [OK] to start creation of a key and certificate.
It takes approximately 10 to 15 minutes to create a key and certificate depending on the length of the key to be
created.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻟㻢㻠㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-072
Installing Keys and Certificates/CA Certificates

Install keys and certificates (PKCS#12 format) or CA certificates (X.509 format) saved in a computer on the printer. One
CA certificate is pre-installed in the printer by default.
Installing Keys and Certificates
Installing CA Certificates
Installing Keys and Certificates
1
2
3

Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻟㻢㻡㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

4
Click [Register Key and Certificate].
5
Click [Install].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻟㻢㻢㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

IMPORTANT
About the number of key and certificate files that can be installed
Only one file can be installed.
If a key and certificate file is already installed, click [Delete], and then delete the installed file.
6
Click [Browse], and then select a key and certificate file to install.
7
Click [Start Installation].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻟㻢㻣㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

8
Click [Register].
9
Enter the private key password of the installed key and certificate file.
(1) Enter [Key Name] and [Password].
Up to 24 alphanumeric characters can be entered.
(2) Click [OK].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻟㻢㻤㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

Installing CA Certificates
1
2
3
Display the [CA Certificate Settings] page.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻟㻢㻥㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

(2) Click [CA Certificate Settings].
4
Click [Register CA Certificate].
5
Click [Install].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻟㻣㻜㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

IMPORTANT
About the number of CA certificate files that can be installed

Only one file can be installed.
If a CA certificate file is already installed, click [Delete], and then delete the installed file.
6
Click [Browse], and then select a CA certificate file to install.
7
Click [Start Installation].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻟㻣㻝㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

8
Click [Register].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻟㻣㻞㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-073
Checking Keys and Certificates/CA Certificates

You can check contents of keys and certificates or CA certificates, and verify whether the certificate is correctly registered.
Checking Keys and Certificates
Checking CA Certificates
Checking Keys and Certificates
1
2
3

Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻟㻣㻟㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

4
Click [ ] (Certificate) of the key which you want to check.
5
If you want to verify the certificate, click [Certificate Verification].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻟㻣㻠㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

6
Check the verification result, and then click [Back to Certificate Details].
Checking CA Certificates
1
2
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻟㻣㻡㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

3

4
Click [ ] (Certificate) of the CA certificate which you want to check.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻟㻣㻢㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

5
If you want to verify the certificate, click [Certificate Verification].
6
Check the verification result, and then click [Back to Certificate Details].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻟㻣㻣㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻟㻣㻤㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠
0F40-074
Deleting Keys and Certificates/CA Certificates

Delete created or installed (registered) keys and certificates/CA certificates.
Deleting Keys and Certificates
Deleting CA Certificates
NOTE
About initialization of keys and certificates/CA certificates

You can reset the keys and certificates as well as CA certificates to the default state.
Deleting Keys and Certificates
1
2
3

Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻟㻣㻥㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

4
Click [Delete] for the key and certificate which you want to delete.
[Delete] is not displayed.

[Delete] is not displayed for the keys and certificates which are used in SSL encrypted communication or IEEE
802.1X authentication.
5
Click [OK] to delete the key and certificate.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻟㻤㻜㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

Deleting CA Certificates
1
2
3

Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻟㻤㻝㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

4
Click [Delete] for the CA certificate which you want to delete.
[Delete] is not displayed.

[Delete] is not displayed for the CA certificates which are used in IEEE 802.1X authentication.
5
Click [OK] to delete the CA certificate.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻟㻤㻞㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-075
Initializing Keys and Certificates/CA Certificates

Reset the key and certificate/CA certificate to the following default values.
Key and certificate None (all have been deleted)
CA certificate 1 (CA certificate pre-installed by default)
IMPORTANT
About SSL encrypted communication and IEEE 802.1X authentication after initialization
Initializing the key and certificate/CA certificate sets the following items to off.
[Security Settings] - [Remote UI Settings] - [Use SSL]
[Network Settings] - [IEEE 802.1X Settings] - [Use IEEE 802.1X]
1
2
3
Display the [Initialize Key and Certificate] page.
(1) Select [Initialize Settings Information].

(2) Click [Initialize Key and Certificate].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻟㻤㻟㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

4
Click [Initialize].
5
Click [OK] to initialize the key and certificate/CA certificate.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻟㻤㻠㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-076
Setting the SSL Encrypted Communication Function

Specify the settings for using the SSL encrypted communication function in this printer.
Before specifying the settings, see "Attention (SSL Encrypted Communication)."
Selecting Keys and Certificates

Enabling the SSL encrypted communication function
Selecting Keys and Certificates

Select the key and certificate to be used for the SSL encrypted communication function.
1
2
3
Display the [TCP/IP Settings] page.

(2) Click [TCP/IP Settings].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻟㻤㻡㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

4
Click [Key and Certificate] in [SSL Settings].
5
Specify a key and certificate to be used for SSL encrypted communication.
(1) Select the key to use from a list of registered keys and certificates.
When you click [ ] (Certificate), you can check and verify detailed information of certificates.
(2) Click [Default Key Settings].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻟㻤㻢㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

Enabling the SSL encrypted communication function
Specify the settings to enable the SSL encrypted communication function to be used, for example, when you use the
remote UI.
1
Display the [Remote UI Settings] page.

(2) Click [Remote UI Settings].
2
Click [Edit].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻟㻤㻣㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

3
Enable the SSL encrypted communication function.
(1) Select the [Use SSL] check box.
Clearing the check box disables the SSL encrypted communication function.
(2) Click [OK].
4
again.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻟㻤㻤㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻟㻤㻥㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠
0F40-077
Attention (SSL Encrypted Communication)
IMPORTANT
When using the SSL encrypted communication function

Specify the time information for the printer.
You can obtain the time information using either of the following methods.
Notifying the printer of the time information using the NTP server (Specifying SNTP)
Notifying the printer of the time set on the computer using the following procedure
NOTE
SSL encrypted communication function

This function encrypts data between the printer and your computer, for example, when using the Remote UI to manage
the printer with a Web browser. The SSL encrypted communication function can prevent data from being stolen or
tampered, thereby enabling a safer management environment.
To specify SSL encrypted communication
You need to specify keys and certificates to be used for SSL encrypted communication.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻟㻥㻜㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-078
Setting IEEE 802.1X Authentication

Specify various protocols (TLS, TTLS, or PEAP) for IEEE 802.1X authentication.
Before specifying the settings, see "Attention (IEEE 802.1X Authentication)."
Setting TLS Authentication Information

Setting TTLS/PEAP Authentication Information
Setting TLS Authentication Information

Specify authentication information for using TLS during IEEE 802.1X authentication.
IMPORTANT
To specify TLS authentication

You need to specify keys and their certificates or CA certificates to be used for authentication.
1
2
3
Display the [IEEE 802.1X Settings] page.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻟㻥㻝㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

(2) Click [IEEE 802.1X Settings].
4
Click [Edit].
5
Select the [Use IEEE 802.1X] check box.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻟㻥㻞㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

6
Enter a login name.
7
Select the [Use TLS] check box.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻟㻥㻟㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

8
Click [Key and Certificate].
9
Specify keys and certificates to be used for authentication.
(1) Select the key to use from a list of registered keys and certificates.
When you click [ ] (Certificate), you can check and verify detailed information of certificates.
(2) Click [Default Key Settings].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻟㻥㻠㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

10
Click [OK].
11
again.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻟㻥㻡㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

Setting TTLS/PEAP Authentication Information
Specify authentication information for using TTLS or PEAP during IEEE 802.1X authentication.
IMPORTANT
To specify TTLS/PEAP authentication

You need to specify the SSL encrypted communication function.
1
2
3
Display the [IEEE 802.1X Settings] page.

(2) Click [IEEE 802.1X Settings].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻟㻥㻢㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

4
Click [Edit].
5
Select the [Use IEEE 802.1X] check box.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻟㻥㻣㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

6
Enter a login name.
7
Select the [Use TTLS] or [Use PEAP] check box.
To use TTLS, select the TTLS internal protocol ([MSCHAPv2] or [PAP]).
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻟㻥㻤㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

8
Click [Change User Name/Password].
To use the login name entered to the user name at Step 6, select the [Use Login Name as User Name] check box.
9
Specify the user name and the password.
(1) Enter a user name and a password.

(2) Click [OK].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻟㻥㻥㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

[User Name] Enter a user name. You can enter up to 24 single-byte alphanumeric characters.
[Change Password] Select the check box when changing the password.
[Password] Enter a password. You can enter up to 24 single-byte alphanumeric characters.
[Confirm] To confirm the [Password] you entered, enter it again.
10
Click [OK].
11
again.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻠㻜㻜㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻠㻜㻝㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠
0F40-079
Attention (IEEE 802.1X Authentication)
IMPORTANT
Conditions for using IEEE 802.1X authentication

In this printer, IEEE 802.1X authentication is available only in wired LAN environments.
To use IEEE 802.1X authentication, you need an authentication server (RADIUS Server).
When using IEEE 802.1X authentication

Specify the time information for the printer.
You can obtain the time information using either of the following methods.
Notifying the printer of the time information using the NTP server (Specifying SNTP)
Notifying the printer of the time set on the computer using the following procedure
NOTE
IEEE 802.1X authentication protocol

This printer supports TLS, TTLS, and PEAP for IEEE 802.1X authentication.
TLS implements cross certification between a certificate sent from an authentication server and a certificate
specified for the printer.
TTLS and PEAP implement cross certification between a certificate sent from an authentication server and a user
name and password specified for the printer.
Setting IEEE 802.1X authentication

We recommend that the settings be performed by the network administrator.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻠㻜㻞㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-07A
Troubleshooting
Printer Unit Problems
Printing Cannot Be Performed

The Printer Pauses during Printing, and then Printing Repeatedly Starts and Stops
You Cannot Turn the Printer ON
All the Indicators on the Network Interface Are Off
Driver Problems
You Cannot Install the Printer Driver

You Cannot Uninstall the Printer Driver
The Printer Driver Settings Cannot Be Changed
"Profiles" Cannot Be Selected or Edited
Paper Jams
Paper Jams
Error Display
Indicators on the Printer Are On/Blinking

A Message Appears in the Printer Status Window
Printout Problems
Poor Printout Results
If You Cannot Solve a Problem
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻠㻜㻟㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-07C
Printing Cannot Be Performed

The solutions for when printing cannot be performed vary depending on your environment. See the solutions according to
your environment.
If You Are Using the Printer by Direct Connection
If the printer is connected by USB
"Printing Cannot Be Performed

(USB Connection)"
If the printer is connected by wired LAN

(Wired LAN Connection)"
If the printer is connected by wireless LAN (LBP7110Cw Only)

(Wireless LAN Connection)
(LBP7110Cw Only)"
If You Are Using the Printer via the Print Server
"Printing Cannot Be Performed (via the Print

Server)"
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻠㻜㻠㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-07E
Printing Cannot Be Performed (USB Connection)

If you cannot print when the printer is connected to the computer by a USB cable, check the problem following the
questions below.
<Question 1> Is the printer turned ON? (Is the Main Power indicator on?)
ON To <Question 2>
OFF Turn the printer ON.
Cannot be turned ON "You Cannot Turn the Printer ON"
<Question 2> Check the indicators on the printer unit.
(1) The (Ready) indicator

To <Question 3>
is on.

The printer is operating. Please wait a moment.
is blinking.
(2) The Toner indicator

is on or blinking.
(3) The (Alarm) indicator

is on or blinking.
(4) The (Load Paper) indicator

"Indicators on the Printer Are On/Blinking"
is blinking.
(5) The (Paper Jam) indicator

is blinking.
(6) The (Go) indicator

is blinking.
<Question 3> Is the USB cable connected properly?

Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻠㻜㻡㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠
Try the following point.
If you are using a hub, connect the printer to the computer directly.
If you are using a long USB cable, replace it with the short one.
Connected
If you have another USB cable, use it.
If printing is not performed, proceed to <Question 4>.
Connect the cable properly.

Unconnected
<Question 4> Can you print a test page in Windows?

There is no problem with the printer and driver.

Printable
Check the printing preferences in the application.
Not printable To <Question 5>
<Question 5> Is the port to be used selected correctly?

Selected To <Question 6>
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻠㻜㻢㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

Not selected Select the correct port.
Install the printer driver again.

The port to be used
cannot be found.
<Question 6> Is bi-directional communication enabled?

Enabled To <Question 7>
Not enabled Enable bi-directional communication and restart the computer and printer.
<Question 7> Try the following points.

Make resident software invalid including security software.
If any other devices are connected to your computer by USB connection, disconnect those unneeded.
If drivers or software of any other devices (USB connection) is installed on your computer, uninstall those unneeded.
Connect the USB cable to another USB port on your computer.
Connect the printer to another computer with a USB cable.
If printing does not work, proceed to <Question 8>.
<Question 8> Install the printer driver again.

<Question 9> Uninstall the USB class driver, and then install the printer driver again.
"Uninstalling the USB Class Driver"
If printing does not work, contact your local authorized Canon dealer.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻠㻜㻣㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-07F
Printing Cannot Be Performed (Wired LAN Connection)

If you cannot print when the printer is connected to the computer by wired LAN, check the problem following the questions
below.
ON To <Question 2>

To <Question 3>
is on.

is blinking.

is on or blinking.

is on or blinking.

is blinking.

is blinking.

is blinking.
<Question 3> Is the printer's (Wi-Fi) indicator on? (LBP7110Cw Only)

Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻠㻜㻤㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠
The printer is connected by wireless LAN.
On Change to a wired LAN connection.
"Switching Between Wireless LAN and Wired LAN for the Connection (LBP7110Cw Only)"
Off To <Question 4>
<Question 4> Can the computer connect to the Internet?
Can connect To <Question 5>

Properly connect the power cord or LAN cable of the router or other connected device.
Turn on the router or other connected device.
If the computer still cannot connect to the Internet, restart all equipment, wait for a while,
Cannot connect and then try connecting to the Internet again.
For details on the connection method or the procedure for restarting the equipment,
see the instruction manual of each device or contact the manufacturer.
<Question 5> Is the LAN cable connected properly?
Connected To <Question 6>
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻠㻜㻥㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

Unconnected
<Question 6> Check the indicators on the network interface.
The ACT indicator is on.

To <Question 7>
The LNK indicator is on.
All the indicators are off. "All the Indicators on the Network Interface Are Off"

Printable
<Question 8> Is the IP address set properly?

Check that the IP address is set properly using the PING command.
Set To <Question 9>
Set the IP address properly.

Not set
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻠㻝㻜㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

The port to be used Create a port.

cannot be found. "Configuring and Changing the Port"
For MFNP Port

To <Question 10>
The port does not have to be changed because a new IP address is detected
The IP address
automatically when the printer and computer are on the same subnet.
was changed.
Change the port.
<Question 10> Check the following points.

The printer is specified as the default printer.
The TCP/IP protocol is running.
The users who can print are not restricted.
"Restricting the Users Who Can Print and Specify Settings"
<Question 11> Connect the printer and computer directly with the cross-type * LAN cable.
* This is a LAN cable which is used to connect a printer and computer directly without a hub (LAN network).
If printing does not work or if you cannot prepare a cross-type LAN cable, proceed to <Question 12>.

<Question 13> Can you print from another computer (network connection)?
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻠㻝㻝㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

Printable Make resident software invalid including security software.
Not printable Contact your local authorized Canon dealer.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻠㻝㻞㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-07H
Printing Cannot Be Performed (Wireless LAN Connection) (LBP7110Cw

Only)
If you cannot print when the printer is connected to the computer by wireless LAN, check the problem following the
questions below.
ON To <Question 2>

To <Question 3>
is on.

is blinking.

is on or blinking.

is on or blinking.

is blinking.
is blinking.

is blinking.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻠㻝㻟㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

<Question 3> Is the printer's (Wi-Fi) indicator on?
On To <Question 4>
The printer is not connected by wireless LAN.

Off Change to a wireless LAN connection.
<Question 4> Can the computer connect to the Internet?
Can connect To <Question 5>

Complete the settings of the computer and wireless LAN access point.
Properly connect the power cord and LAN cable of the wireless LAN access point.
Turn on the wireless LAN access point.
Cannot connect If the computer still cannot connect to the Internet, restart all equipment, wait for a while,
and then try connecting to the Internet again.
For details on the connection method or the procedure for restarting the equipment,
see the instruction manual of each device or contact the manufacturer.
<Question 5> Do the installation locations for the printer and wireless LAN access point meet
the following conditions?
The distance between the printer and the wireless LAN access point is less than 50 m. (The distance may vary
depending on the transmission speed and environmental conditions.)
There is no wall or other obstruction between the printer and wireless LAN access point.
The printer and wireless LAN access point are not located near a microwave oven or refrigerator.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻠㻝㻠㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

Yes To <Question 6>
No Relocate to a location that meets these conditions.
<Question 6> Check the connection status (signal strength) of the wireless LAN.
Check the connection status (signal strength) using [Wireless LAN Status] in "User Data List."
[Very Good] : Very good signal strength

[Good] : Good signal strength
[Normal] : Normal signal strength
[Bad] : Poor signal strength
[Very Bad] : Very poor signal strength
Very good signal strength
Good signal strength To <Question 7>
Normal signal strength
Poor signal strength Try the following points.
Change the channel of the wireless LAN access point

(If there are multiple wireless LAN access points, separate the channels by
at least five channels.)
Boost the wireless signal of the wireless LAN access point
Very poor signal strength (You may not be able to do this depending on your wireless LAN access
point.)
For details on the change method, see the instruction manual of your wireless
LAN access point or contact the manufacturer.
<Question 7> Does the SSID of the printer match that of the computer? (Only when the
computer is connected by wireless LAN)
Check the SSID of the printer using [SSID Settings] in "User Data List."
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻠㻝㻡㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

See "Basic Operations/Various Information for Windows" and check the SSID of the computer.
Yes To <Question 8>

Specify the settings of the wireless LAN connection again.
Be careful of the following points when specifying the settings again.

No
Select [Easy Setup] and [My wireless LAN access point does not have a WPS
button or I cannot find the button], and then change the settings.
Select a wireless LAN access point with the same SSID as that of the computer.


Printable
<Question 9> Is the IP address set properly?

Check that the IP address is set properly using the PING command.
Set To <Question 10>

Set the IP address properly.
Not set

Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻠㻝㻢㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

The port to be used Create a port.

cannot be found. "Configuring and Changing the Port"
For MFNP Port

To <Question 11>
The port does not have to be changed because a new IP address is detected
The IP address
automatically when the printer and computer are on the same subnet.
was changed.
Change the port.

The printer is specified as the default printer.
The TCP/IP protocol is running.
The users who can print are not restricted.
"Restricting the Users Who Can Print and Specify Settings"

<Question 13> Can you print from another computer (network connection)?
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻠㻝㻣㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-07J
Printing Cannot Be Performed (via the Print Server)

If you cannot print when the printer is used via the print server, check the problem following the questions below.
ON To <Question 2>


To <Question 3>
is on.

is blinking.
is on or blinking.

is on or blinking.

is blinking.
is blinking.

is blinking.
<Question 3> Is the printer connected to the print server properly?
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻠㻝㻤㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

Connected To <Question 4>

Unconnected
<Question 4> Can your computer be connected to the print server or the shared printer?
Can be connected To <Question 5>

"The Print Server for Connection Cannot Be Found"
Cannot be connected
"The Shared Printer Cannot Be Accessed"

The print server is connected to the network properly.
The additional driver (alternate driver) is updated properly.
Printing can be performed from the print server.


Printable
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻠㻝㻥㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

<Question 7> Is the printer on the print server displayed on the network?
Displayed To <Question 8>
Not displayed Ask your network administrator about the problem.

"Installation on Clients"
When installing the printer driver again, change the installation method.
If you performed the local installation (installing the printer driver with the CD-ROM)
ĺ&KDQJHWKHLQVWDOODWLRQPHWKRGWRWKHGRZQORDGLQVWDOODWLRQ LQVWDOOLQJWKHSULQWHUGULYHUZLWKRXWWKH&'520
If you performed the download installation (installing the printer driver without the CD-ROM)
ĺ&KDQJHWKHLQVWDOODWLRQPHWKRGWRWKHORFDOLQVWDOODWLRQ LQVWDOOLQJWKHSULQWHUGULYHUZLWKWKH&'520
<Question 9> Can another client print?
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻠㻞㻜㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-07K
The Print Server for Connection Cannot Be Found

Perform one of the following solutions according to the cause.
<Cause 1> The print server and client computer are not connected properly.
Solution Connect the print server and client computer properly.
<Cause 2> The print server has not been started up.
Solution Start up the print server.
<Cause 3> The printer is not specified as a shared printer.
Specify the printer as a shared printer.

Solution
<Cause 4> The user does not have permission to access the print server or printer.
Solution Ask your network administrator to change the user permissions.
<Cause 5> [Network discovery] is not enabled. (Windows Vista, 7, and Server 2008)
1. From the [Start] menu, select [Control Panel].

2. Click [View network status and tasks].
3. Set [Network discovery] to [On].

Solution 2. Click [View network status and tasks].
3. Click [Change advanced sharing settings].
4. Specify [Turn on network discovery] in [Network discovery].

2. Double-click [Network and Sharing Center].
3. Set [Network discovery] to [On].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻠㻞㻝㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-07L
The Shared Printer Cannot Be Accessed

<Cause 1> The user of the computer to be used is not registered, or the password is not
specified.
Register the user of the computer to be used or specify the password on the print server.
Solution
For more details, ask your network administrator.
<Cause 2> The path to the network is not correct.
Check printers in the print server.

Solution 1
If the icon for this printer is not displayed

Ask your network administrator about the problem.
If the icon for this printer is displayed
You can install the printer driver by performing either of the following procedures and following the
instructions on the screen.
Double-clicking the icon for this printer
Dragging and dropping the icon for this printer into the printer folder
If you want to specify the network path directly, check if the network path is specified correctly as "\\the
Solution 2
print server name (the computer name of the print server)\the printer name."
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻠㻞㻞㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-07R
The Printer Pauses during Printing, and then Printing Repeatedly Starts
and Stops
<Cause> If the printer is used continuously for an extended period of time, the internal
temperature of the printer increases, activating a safety mechanism and pausing printing
temporarily.
Please wait a moment.

When the inside of the printer cools down, printing resumes.
If the internal temperature of the printer has not decreased sufficiently, the safety mechanism is
reactivated and printing is paused temporarily. When the inside temperature cools down sufficiently, the
Solution printer resumes the normal printing speed.
The time until the safety mechanism activates or until the printer resumes the normal printing speed
varies depending on the printer usage conditions.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻠㻞㻟㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-07S
You Cannot Turn the Printer ON

<Cause 1> The power plug is unplugged from the AC power outlet.
Solution Plug the power plug into the AC power outlet.
<Cause 2> The printer is plugged to an extension cord or multiple power strip.
Solution Plug the power plug directly into an AC power outlet.
<Cause 3> The breakers have tripped.
Solution Reset the breakers on the switch board.
<Cause 4> There is a break in the power cord.
If the printer can be turned on after replacing the power cord with one that is of the same type, then
Solution
purchase a new power cord and replace the broken one.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻠㻞㻠㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-07U
All the Indicators on the Network Interface Are Off

<Cause 1> The LAN cable is not connected properly or broken.
Solution 1 Remove the LAN cable once, then connect it again.
Solution 2 Replace the LAN cable with another one, then connect it.
<Cause 2> The cable is connected to the UP-LINK (cascade) port on the hub.
Solution 1 Connect the LAN cable to the port on the hub with an " X " mark.
Solution 2 If the hub has an UP-LINK (cascade) switch, switch to " X ".
<Cause 3> A cross LAN cable is being used.
Solution 1 Replace the cable with a straight LAN cable.
Connect the cross LAN cable to the UP-LINK (cascade) port on the hub. If the hub has an UP-LINK
Solution 2
(cascade) switch, switch to the " = " side.
<Cause 4> Cannot communicate with the hub.
Solution 1 Make sure that the power of the hub is on.
Specify the transmission speed and transfer mode of the printer to match those of the connected hub.
Solution 2
"Specifying the Wired LAN Communication Mode and Transmission Speed"
<Cause 5> The hardware of the printer is in an abnormal condition.
Solution Contact your local authorized Canon dealer to request service.
<Cause 6> If the printer is connected by wireless LAN (LBP7110Cw Only)
Change to a wired LAN connection.

Solution
NOTE
You cannot use a wired LAN and wireless LAN at the same time
malfunction.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻠㻞㻡㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-07W
You Cannot Install the Printer Driver
If a problem occurs during the installation

Select a problem during the installation from any of the following.
USB connection
"The Printer Is Not Recognized

Automatically"
Network connection
"The Printer Cannot Be Searched for"
Connection via the print server
"The Print Server for Connection Cannot Be

Found"
"The Shared Printer Cannot Be Accessed"
If the printer driver is not installed properly


Solution 1 "Uninstalling the Printer Driver"
Uninstall the USB class driver, and then install the printer driver again.
Solution 2 "Uninstalling the USB Class Driver"
(Only when connecting with USB) "Uninstalling the Printer Driver"
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻠㻞㻢㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-07X
The Printer Is Not Recognized Automatically

<Cause 1> The printer is not turned ON.
Solution Turn the printer ON.
<Cause 2> The USB cable is not connected properly.
Make sure that the printer and computer are properly connected with the USB cable.
Solution
<Cause 3> The USB cable was already connected and the printer was turned ON before the
printer driver was installed.
1. Turn the printer OFF.

2. Disconnect the USB cable.
3. Connect the USB cable again.
4. While the following screen appears, turn the printer ON.
Solution
<Cause 4> An inappropriate USB cable is being used.
Use a USB cable that is appropriate for the USB interface environment of the printer and has the following
symbol.
Solution
The following is the USB interface environment of this printer.
Hi-Speed USB
USB
<Cause 5> The USB class driver is installed.
Uninstall the USB class driver.

Solution
"Uninstalling the USB Class Driver"
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻠㻞㻣㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-07Y
The Printer Cannot Be Searched for

If the printer cannot be searched for (no devices are displayed in [Printer List]) at the time of installation, perform the
following procedure.
1
2
Click [Search Again], to search for the printer on the network again.
If the printer cannot be searched for (no devices are displayed) even by performing the above
procedure
<Solution 1> (Only when [IPv4 Devices] is selected)

1. Click [Manual Search by IP Address].
2. Enter the IP address of the printer to be installed.
If you are not sure about the IP address of the printer, see "Checking the IP Address of the
Printer."
3. Click [OK].
<Solution 2>
1. Click [Back] to go back to the [Printer Installation] screen.
2. Select [Manually Set Port to Install].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻠㻞㻤㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

3. Click [Next].
4. Manually specify the port using [Port].
"[Printer Information] Screen"
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻠㻞㻥㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-080
You Cannot Uninstall the Printer Driver

Start the uninstaller directly from the supplied CD-ROM, and then uninstall
the printer driver.
Solution 1
"Starting the Uninstaller from the CD-ROM"
Solution 2 Uninstall the USB class driver.

(Only when connecting with USB) "Uninstalling the USB Class Driver"
NOTE
If a user without administrative rights installed the printer driver

You may not be able to uninstall the printer driver successfully depending on your operating system.
In this case, uninstall the printer driver using the following procedure.
1. Open the printer folder.

2. Right-click the icon for this printer, then select [Delete] or [Remove device] from the pop-up menu.
3. Click [Yes].
4. Uninstall the printer driver using the uninstaller.

Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻠㻟㻜㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-081
Starting the Uninstaller from the CD-ROM
1
When the following screen appears, click [Exit].

Select [Open folder to view files], and then proceed to Step 4.
2
Display [Computer] or [My Computer].
3
Right-click the CD-ROM icon, then select [Open] from the pop-up menu.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻠㻟㻝㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

4
Open the folder in which the uninstaller is included.

Open the [English] - [32bit] - [MISC] folders.

Open the [English] - [x64] - [MISC] folders.
5
Double-click [UNINSTAL.exe].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻠㻟㻞㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

For details on the uninstallation, see "Uninstalling the Printer Driver."
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻠㻟㻟㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-082
Uninstalling the USB Class Driver

Uninstall the USB class driver under the following circumstances.
If the printer driver installed using a USB connection cannot be uninstalled properly
If you cannot install the printer driver properly even after reinstalling it
When uninstalling the USB class driver, be sure to perform the following procedure.
If the printer driver could not be installed properly, be sure to uninstall the printer driver before deleting the USB class
driver.
If you delete the USB class driver, it is automatically installed again by USB connection.
Deleting the USB class driver is not supported for Macintosh.
1
Check the following.
The printer and computer are connected using a USB cable.

2
Display [Device Manager].

2. &OLFN>3HUIRUPDQFHDQG0DLQWHQDQFH@ĺ>6\VWHP@
3. &OLFNWKH>+DUGZDUH@WDEĺ>'HYLFH0DQDJHU@

2. &OLFN>+DUGZDUHDQG6RXQG@RU>+DUGZDUH@ĺ>'HYLFH0DQDJHU@
1. )URPWKH>6WDUW@PHQXVHOHFW>&RQWURO3DQHO@ĺ>6\VWHP@
2. &OLFNWKH>+DUGZDUH@WDEĺ>'HYLFH0DQDJHU@

2. Double-click [Device Manager].

3
Double-click [Universal Serial Bus controllers].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻠㻟㻠㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

4
Right-click [USB Printing Support], then select [Uninstall] from the pop-up menu.
Do not uninstall any drivers for other devices. If you uninstall them by mistake, Windows may not operate properly.
If the USB class driver is not installed properly, [USB Printing Support] is not displayed. Then, click [ ] to close the
[Device Manager] dialog box.
If the USB class driver is under [Other Devices]

Select the USB class driver which is displayed as [Unknown device], and then uninstall it.
5
Click [OK].
6
Click [ ] to close the [Device Manager] dialog box.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻠㻟㻡㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

7
Disconnect the USB cable from the computer, then restart Windows.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻠㻟㻢㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-083
The Printer Driver Settings Cannot Be Changed

If [Spooling at Host] (whether the print data are processed in the computer) is set to [Disabled], you cannot change the
driver settings because some options are unavailable.
To change the settings, set [Spooling at Host] to [Auto] or [Enabled] using the following procedure.
1
2
up menu.
3
Change the setting for [Spooling at Host].
(1) Display the [Device Settings] sheet.

(2) Select [Auto] or [Enabled] for [Spooling at Host].
The printer selects automatically whether or not print data is processed on the host (computer).
[Auto] When processing can be performed only with the functions of the printer, processing is
performed only on the printer to enable faster printing.
[Enabled] All print data is processed by the host (computer).
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻠㻟㻣㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

If you cannot change the setting
You need administrative rights to change the setting.
Contact your system administrator.
4
Click [OK].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻠㻟㻤㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-084
"Profiles" Cannot Be Selected or Edited

When the [Allow Profile Selection] and [Allow Setting Edition] check boxes are cleared, selecting and editing a "Profile" are
restricted.
To select or edit a "Profile", select the check box using the following procedure.
1
2
up menu.
3
Change the settings for [Define Document Property].
(1) Display the [Profile] sheet.

(2) Select the [Allow Profile Selection] and [Allow Setting Edition] check boxes.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻠㻟㻥㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

If you cannot change the setting
You need administrator rights to change the setting.
Contact your system administrator.
4
Click [OK].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻠㻠㻜㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-085
Paper Jams
Before removing jammed paper, see "Attention (Paper Jams)."
When a paper jam occurs, the (Paper Jam) indicator (orange) blinks, and messages appear in the Printer Status
Window.
Remove paper jammed in each area in the order of the displayed areas in the message.
Message and Clearance Procedure Paper Jam Area
(1) "Clearing Paper Jams (Paper Drawer)" (Side View)

(2) "Clearing Paper Jams (Output Area)"
(3) "Clearing Paper Jams (Inside the Rear Cover)"
If the Printer Status Window is not displayed

Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻠㻠㻝㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-086
Attention (Paper Jams)
IMPORTANT
Leave the printer ON when removing the jammed paper.

If the power is turned off, the data being printed will be deleted.
Do not remove the jammed paper forcefully.
Removing jammed paper with excess force may cause the paper to tear or damage the inside of the printer. Remove the
paper by pulling it gently.
If the paper is torn

Remove all remaining pieces of paper.
Do not touch the transfer roller.
Print quality may deteriorate.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻠㻠㻞㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-087
Clearing Paper Jams (Paper Drawer)
1
2
Open the drawer top cover.
3
Remove the paper by pulling it gently.
If you cannot remove the paper easily, do not try to remove it forcefully but proceed to Step 4 and perform the clearing
procedure for another area which is displayed in the message.
4
Close the drawer top cover.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻠㻠㻟㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠
5
Next, proceed to the clearing procedure for another area which is displayed in the message.
(1) "Clearing Paper Jams (Paper Drawer)"
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻠㻠㻠㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-088
Clearing Paper Jams (Output Area)
1
Remove the paper by pulling it gently.
If you cannot remove the paper easily, do not try to remove it forcefully but perform a procedure for another area which is
displayed in a message.
Next, proceed to the procedure for clearing the paper jam which is occurred in another area displayed in the
message.
(1) "Clearing Paper Jams (Paper Drawer)"

Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻠㻠㻡㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-089
Clearing Paper Jams (Inside the Rear Cover)
1
Open the rear cover.
2
Remove the jammed paper.
(1) Hold both sides of the paper and slowly pull them down.
(2) Remove the paper by pulling it gently.
3
Close the rear cover.
ĺ The paper jam message disappears, and the printer is ready to print.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻠㻠㻢㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-08A
Indicators on the Printer Are On/Blinking

The indicators on the printer display the printer status as follows.
Perform solutions according to the indicators are on/blinking.
Name Status Solution

message displayed in the Printer
(1) Toner Indicator Status Window.*1
(On or Blinking) "A Message Appears in the
An error is occurring for the toner
cartridges.
(Such as when the toner cartridges have
reached the end of their life)
The printer is ready to print.
(On)
(2) Ready Indicator
The printer is busy printing,

preparing to print, or cleaning.
(Blinking)
A service error is occurring.

(On) message displayed in the Printer
(3) Alarm Indicator Status Window.*1
"A Message Appears in the
An error is occurring.
(Blinking)
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻠㻠㻣㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

A job is being printed or is
waiting to be printed.
(On)
(4) Job Indicator
A job is being canceled.
(Blinking)
The printer is connected by

wireless LAN.
(5) Wi-Fi Indicator (On)
(LBP7110Cw Only)
The wireless LAN is configured.
(Blinking)

(On)
(6) Main Power Indicator
The printer is being turned
OFF.
(Blinking)
Remove the paper jam.

(7) Paper Jam Indicator A paper jam is occurring.
"Paper Jams"
(Blinking)
Paper needs to be checked.

(Such as when paper runs out Load the paper properly.
(8) Load Paper Indicator
and when paper cannot be fed "Loading Paper"
(Blinking) properly)
An error occurred, but you can To skip the error and continue
(9) Go Indicator ignore the error and continue
printing, press the [ ] (Go) key.*2
printing.
(Blinking)
*1 For details on the procedure for displaying the Printer Status Window, see "Printer Status Window."
*2 Skipping the error and continuing printing (by pressing the [ ] (Go) key) may cause unexpected print results.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻠㻠㻤㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-08C
A Message Appears in the Printer Status Window

Perform solutions according to the displayed message.
The message type varies depending on the icon.
A service call is occurring.
" Service Error"
Communication cannot be performed with the printer.
" Cannot Communicate with Printer" " Incompatible Printer"

" Cannot Communicate with Server" " Incorrect Port"
" Communication Error" " Network Communication Error"
The printer problems need to be corrected.
" Check the Printed Output" " Paper Jam inside Printer"
" Check the Toner Cartridges" " Printer Not Ready"
" Cover Open" " Replace Toner Cartridges"
" Insufficient Printer Memory" " Specified Paper Different from Set Paper"
" No Toner Cartridge" " Toner Cartridge Replacement Recommended"
" Out of Paper" " Updating Firmware"
" Packing Material on Toner Cartridges" " Wrong Color Toner Cartridges"
Service Error
<Cause> The printer is in an abnormal condition.
Solution Perform the described solutions in "When <Service Error> Is Displayed."
Cannot Communicate with Printer
<Cause 1> Because the bi-directional communication function is not enabled, the computer cannot
communicate with the printer.
Enable bi-directional communication and restart the computer and printer.

Solution
<Cause 2> The computer cannot communicate with the printer redirected in the terminal connection
environment.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻠㻠㻥㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

The Firewall settings and so on may be the cause.
Solution
Check the communication settings for the server, clients, and so on.
Cannot Communicate with Server
<Cause> The client computer cannot communicate with the print server.
Solution Perform the described solutions in "The Print Server for Connection Cannot Be Found."
Communication Error
<Cause> The USB cable is not connected, or the printer is not turned ON.
Connect the USB cable properly.

Solution 1
Solution 2 Turn the printer ON.
Incompatible Printer
<Cause> The connected printer cannot be used.
Solution Connect to the supported printer.
Incorrect Port
<Cause> The printer is connected to a port which the printer does not support.
Check the port.

When there is no port to use, perform one of the following solutions according to your environment.
When connecting by USB

Solution
When connecting to a network
Create a port.
Network Communication Error
<Cause> The printer and computer are not connected, or the printer is not turned ON.
Connect the printer and computer to the network properly.

Solution 1
Solution 2 Turn the printer ON.
Check the Printed Output
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻠㻡㻜㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

<Cause> You may not be able to obtain appropriate printout results.
Clicking [ ] (Resolve Error) continues printing.

Solution 1
However, the error message may appear again.
Cancel the print job, and then print again.

Solution 2
"Canceling a Job"
Check the Toner Cartridges
<Cause 1> The toner cartridges of the indicated colors are not installed properly.
Solution 1 Reinstall the toner cartridges while referring to "Replacing the Toner Cartridge."
Turn the printer OFF, make sure that the Main Power indicator is off, wait for 10 seconds or longer, and
then turn it ON again.
Solution 2
<Cause 2> The toner cartridges of the indicated colors are damaged.
Replace the toner cartridges with new ones.

Solution
Cover Open
<Cause> The indicated cover is open.
Solution Close the cover firmly.
Insufficient Printer Memory
<Cause> There are pages that include large amounts of data in the current job.
Solution The data cannot be printed by the printer. Click [ ] (Cancel Job) to cancel printing.
No Toner Cartridge
<Cause> The toner cartridge is not installed.
Solution Install the toner cartridge while referring to "Replacing the Toner Cartridge."
Out of Paper
<Cause> The paper to be printed is not loaded.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻠㻡㻝㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

Load the indicated paper in the paper drawer.
Solution
"Loading Paper"
Packing Material on Toner Cartridges
<Cause> The sealing tape is attached to the toner cartridge of the indicated color.
Solution Remove the sealing tape while referring to "Removing the Packing Materials."
Paper Jam inside Printer
<Cause> A paper jam is occurring.
Do not forcefully remove the jammed paper. Remove the jammed paper according to the procedure in the
Solution e-Manual.
"Paper Jams"
Printer Not Ready
<Cause> The packing materials are left in the printer.
Turn the printer OFF, remove all packing materials while referring to "Removing the Packing Materials,"
Solution
and then turn ON again.
Replace Toner Cartridges
<Cause> The toner cartridges of the indicated colors have reached the end of their life.

Solution You can continue printing as is by clicking [ ] (Resolve Error), however, this may result in
damage to the printer.
Specified Paper Different from Set Paper
<Cause> Paper that is different from that of the paper setting of the job is loaded.
Load the indicated paper in the paper drawer.

Solution 1
"Loading Paper"
If the indicated paper is loaded, register the paper setting of the paper drawer again.
Solution 2 If loading A5, Statement, or custom size paper in landscape orientation, select the [Feed A5
Horizontally], [Feed Statement Horizontally], or [Feed Custom Paper Horizontally] check box on the
[Paper Source] sheet of the printer driver when printing.
Solution 3 Clicking [ ] (Resolve Error) allows the printer to print on the currently loaded paper.
Toner Cartridge Replacement Recommended

Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻠㻡㻞㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠
<Cause> Printing quality cannot be guaranteed due to the toner cartridges of the indicated colors
reaching the end of their life and so on.
It is recommended that you replace the toner cartridges with new ones.
Solution You can continue printing as is by clicking [ ] (Resolve Error), however, print quality may
deteriorate.
Updating Firmware
<Cause> The firmware is being updated.
Solution Please wait a moment.
Wrong Color Toner Cartridges
<Cause> Wrong color toner cartridges are installed at the loading position for the indicated colors.
Install the toner cartridges to the appropriate positions for each color while referring to "Replacing the
Solution
Toner Cartridge."
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻠㻡㻟㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-08E
When <Service Error> Is Displayed
If <Service Error> is displayed in the Printer Status Window, perform the following procedure to cycle the power of the
printer.
1
Turn the printer OFF, make sure that the Main Power indicator is off, wait for 10 seconds or longer,
and then turn it ON again.
If the message does not reappear, the printer is ready.
If the message reappears, you need to request service.

Follow the procedure below, and then contact your local authorized Canon dealer to request service.
2
Note down the error code displayed in the Printer Status Window.
3
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻠㻡㻠㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠


USB cable *

Power cord
4
Contact your local authorized Canon dealer to request service.
When contacting your Canon dealer, please report also the error code which you noted down in Step 2.
If you are not sure what the problem is, contact your local authorized Canon dealer.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻠㻡㻡㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-08F
Poor Printout Results
Paper curls or creases.
Paper Curls
Paper Creases
Streaks (lines) appear.
White Streaks (Lines) Appear

Streaks (lines) Appear in Gradated Portions
Thin Lateral Streaks (Lateral Lines) Appear
Unevenness or smudge marks appear.
Printing Is Uneven
Printed Pages Have White Specks
Colors Are Uneven or Not Printed Smoothly
The Toner Does Not Fix onto the Paper Well
The Printed Paper Has Smudge Marks
Smudge Marks of Spattering Toner Appear around the Text or Patterns
The Back of the Printed Paper Has Smudge Marks
The Overall Print Result Is Dark
Residual Images Appear on Non-printed Areas
White Dust Is Attached to the Printed Transparencies
Printing is faint, is faded, has a problem with color, and so on.
The Overall Print Result Is Faint

Printing Is Faded
Colored Text Appears Blurred
Data Is Not Printed in the Correct Color (Specified Color) Due to Color Mismatches
Thin Lines or Fill Patterns Are Not Printed with the Specified Colors or Do Not Appear At All
Shaded Patterns Are Not Printed in the Correct Color (Specified Color)
Photographs and so on Are Printed in Different Colors from Those Displayed on the Monitor
Fill Patterns and Borders Are Not Printed in the Correct Color (Specified Color) Even When the Same
Color Is Specified for Them
Square Areas That Cannot Be Seen on the Display Appear around Lines or Text and Are Printed in a
Different Color from the Other Areas
Adjusting the Color and so on for Printing
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻠㻡㻢㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

Printout is skewed, missing, or has unneeded space.
The Printing Position Is Skewed

A Portion of the Page Is Not Printed (Printed Data Lies Outside Paper)
Data Is Reduced and Printed
The Next Page Is Printed from Halfway across the Previous Page
Others
Blank Paper Is Output (Nothing Is Printed on the Paper)

The Overall Surface of the Paper Is Printed in a Particular Color
The Flap of the Printed Envelope Sticks
Multiple Sheets of Paper Are Fed at a Time
Printed Bar Codes Cannot Be Scanned
NOTE
Contacting your local authorized Canon dealer

If a problem that is not indicated in the e-Manual occurs, if none of the suggested measures solve the problem, or if you
cannot determine the problem, contact your local authorized Canon dealer.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻠㻡㻣㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-08H
Paper Curls
<Cause 1> Damp paper is used.
Replace the paper with new paper in an unopened package.

Solution
<Cause 2> Appropriate paper is not being used.
Replace the paper with that which can be used with this printer.
Solution
"Usable Paper"
<Cause 3> 60 g/m² paper is being used.
Perform the following procedure in the printer driver.
Solution 1. Display the [Paper Source] sheet.

2. Set [Paper Type] to [Thin 2].
<Cause 4> When 60 to 74 g/m² paper is printed, depending on the operating environment
(especially in a high-humidity environment), the paper may curl as either of the following.
Side View Front View

Solution 1
If you change the settings, the toner may not fix onto paper well, and the printing may come out
faint.
Perform the following procedure in the Printer Status Window.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻠㻡㻤㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

2. )URPWKH>2SWLRQV@PHQXVHOHFW>'HYLFH6HWWLQJV@ĺ>$VVLVWLQJ3ULQW6HWWLQJV@
Solution 2
3. Select the [Perform Curl Correction for Output Paper] check box.
[Perform Curl Correction for Output Paper] is enabled only when [Paper Type] in the [Paper
Source] sheet in the printer driver is set to [Thin 1].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻠㻡㻥㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-08J
Paper Creases
<Cause 1> The paper is not loaded properly.
Load the paper properly.

Solution
"Loading Paper"

Solution
Solution
"Usable Paper"
<Cause 4> There is a foreign object inside the printer.
Solution Remove the foreign object inside the printer.
(especially in a high-humidity environment), the paper may be creased.

Solution 1
faint.

Solution 2
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻠㻢㻜㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

<Cause 6> When printing envelopes, the envelopes may crease depending on the type of the
envelopes or the operating environment (especially in a high-humidity environment).

Solution
3. Select the [Perform Envelope Wrinkle Reduction When Printing] check box.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻠㻢㻝㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-08K
White Streaks (Lines) Appear
<Cause> The drum in any of the toner cartridges has deteriorated.

Solution
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻠㻢㻞㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-08L
Streaks (lines) Appear in Gradated Portions
<Cause> [Gray Compensation] is applied to the gray color portions of the streaks (lines) in the
diagram.
1. Display the [Quality] sheet.

Solution 2. Click [Advanced Settings].
3. Set [Gray Compensation] to [Never].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻠㻢㻟㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-08R
Thin Lateral Streaks (Lateral Lines) Appear
<Cause> After the printer has been idling for a long time or depending on the paper type, thin
lateral streaks (lateral lines) may appear in halftone areas and white paper areas.

Solution 1
3. Select the [Prevent Poor Quality after Long Idle] check box.

Solution 2
Use the printer with the [Prevent Poor Quality after Long Idle] check box selected in Solution 1.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻠㻢㻠㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-08S
Printing Is Uneven
<Cause 1> Paper is too moist or too dry.

Solution
<Cause 2> The toner cartridges are almost out of toner.
Check the toner cartridges status and replace the toner cartridges of the colors are nearing the end of
their life.
Solution
<Cause 3> The drum in any of the toner cartridges has deteriorated.

Solution
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻠㻢㻡㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-08U
Printed Pages Have White Specks
Solution
"Usable Paper"

Solution

Solution
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻠㻢㻢㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-08W
Colors Are Uneven or Not Printed Smoothly
<Cause> Large characters, wide lines, or diagrams with high color density were printed.
1. Display the [Finishing] sheet.

2. Click [Advanced Settings].
3. Select the appropriate mode for [Special Smoothing Mode].
Normally, select [Mode 1] for [Special Smoothing Mode].

If the following conditions occur when [Mode 1] is selected, select any setting between [Mode 2] and
[Mode 6].
When the inside of dense graphics, large characters, or thick lines are not printed
smoothly
Select [Mode 2].
When [Mode 2] is selected, color unevenness may be found in light areas.
If the following problems occur at the same time

The inside of dense graphics, large characters, or thick lines are not printed smoothly.
Outlines of light graphics, characters, and lines are not printed smoothly.
Characters and lines against a filled background are not printed smoothly.
Solution
Select [Mode 3].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻠㻢㻣㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

When [Mode 3] is selected, color unevenness may be found in light areas and shaded
patterns.
When outlines of light graphics, characters, and lines are not printed smoothly
Select [Mode 4].
When [Mode 4] is selected, color unevenness may be found in light areas.
When strip-shaped unevenness appears on images (photographic images),

graphics, gradations, and shaded patterns
Select [Mode 5].
When [Mode 5] is selected, characters, lines, and areas around graphics may not be printed
smoothly.
When the entire document is not printed smoothly
Select [Mode 6].
When [Mode 6] is selected, color unevenness may be appear.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻠㻢㻤㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-08X
The Toner Does Not Fix onto the Paper Well
<Cause 1> The setting for [Paper Type] is not specified properly.
Specify [Paper Type] properly.
Solution If you are using envelopes, specify [Envelope H].
Solution
"Usable Paper"
<Cause 3> Depending on the paper type, toner fixation may deteriorate.

3. Set [Gray Compensation] to [Always].
<Cause 4> A problem is occurring inside the printer.
If <Service Error> is displayed in the Printer Status Window, perform the solution using the procedure in
Solution
"When <Service Error> Is Displayed."
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻠㻢㻥㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-08Y
The Printed Paper Has Smudge Marks
<Cause> The fixing roller is dirty.
Clean the fixing roller.

Solution
"Cleaning the Fixing Roller of the Printer"
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻠㻣㻜㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-090
Smudge Marks of Spattering Toner Appear around the Text or Patterns
<Cause> Appropriate paper is not being used.
Solution
"Usable Paper"
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻠㻣㻝㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-091
The Back of the Printed Paper Has Smudge Marks
<Cause> The size of the print data was larger than that of the loaded paper.
Solution Check if the size of the print data matches that of the loaded paper.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻠㻣㻞㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-092
The Overall Print Result Is Dark
<Cause 1> The setting for the toner density is not appropriate.
Adjust the toner density for printing to a lighter setting.

Solution
"Adjusting the Toner Density"
<Cause 2> The printer is exposed to direct sunlight or strong light.
Move the printer.

Solution
"Moving the Printer"
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻠㻣㻟㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-093
Residual Images Appear on Non-printed Areas
Solution
"Usable Paper"
(especially in a high-humidity environment), residual images may appear.

Solution 1
faint.

Solution 2

Solution
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻠㻣㻠㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-094
White Dust Is Attached to the Printed Transparencies
<Cause> You print transparencies after printing paper other than transparency continuously.
Solution Wipe and remove the chipped paper with a soft cloth.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻠㻣㻡㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-095
The Overall Print Result Is Faint
<Cause 1> The setting for the toner density is not appropriate.
Adjust the toner density for printing to a darker setting.

Solution
<Cause 2> [Toner Save] is enabled.

3. Set [Toner Save] to [Off].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻠㻣㻢㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-096
Printing Is Faded
<Cause 1> The setting for [Paper Type] is not specified properly.
Specify [Paper Type] properly.
Solution If you are using envelopes, specify [Envelope H].
Solution
"Usable Paper"
<Cause 3> The toner cartridges have reached the end of their life.
Check the toner cartridges status and replace the toner cartridges of the colors have reached the end of
their life.
Solution
<Cause 4> When coarse paper is used, the toner does not fix onto paper well, and the print
may come out faint.

Solution
2. )URPWKH>2SWLRQV@PHQXVHOHFW>'HYLFH6HWWLQJV@ĺ>3DSHU6RXUFH6HWWLQJV@
3. Select the [Use Rough Paper] check box.
<Cause 5> Thin lines or text was printed.

3. Set [Special Fine Line Processing] to [On].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻠㻣㻣㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-097
Colored Text Appears Blurred
<Cause 1> A bold font is being used for the colored text.

2. Select the [Manual Color Settings] check box.
Solution 3. Click [Color Settings].
4. Display the [Matching] sheet.
5. Set [Matching Method] to [Perceptual [Monitor Color Matched]].
<Cause 2> Colored text appears blurred due to color mismatches.
Perform the described solutions in "Data Is Not Printed in the Correct Color (Specified Color) Due to Color
Solution
Mismatches."
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻠㻣㻤㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-098
Data Is Not Printed in the Correct Color (Specified Color) Due to Color
Mismatches
<Cause 1> The toner cartridges are not installed properly.
Check the installation status of the toner cartridges.

Solution
Solution
"Usable Paper"
<Cause 3> The toner cartridges are almost out of toner.
Correct color mismatches.

Solution 1
"Correcting Color Mismatches (Color Mismatch Correction)"
Check the toner cartridges status and replace the toner cartridges of the colors are nearing the end of
their life.
Solution 2

Solution
<Cause 5> Printed before performing calibration or color mismatch correction immediately
after the printer is turned ON and so on.
Make sure that calibration or color mismatch correction is completed before sending data to the printer.
Specify whether calibration or color mismatch correction should be performed immediately after the
Solution printer is turned ON.
"Auto Image Quality Adjustment Settings"
<About color mismatch>

Laser printers are manufactured with technology of high precision. A color mismatch may be slightly conspicuous
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻠㻣㻥㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

depending on the print image. Please note that this is due to the structure of laser printers and is not a printer malfunction.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻠㻤㻜㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-099
Thin Lines or Fill Patterns Are Not Printed with the Specified Colors or
Do Not Appear At All
<Cause 1> Some of the colors cannot be reproduced because of the combination of colors or
patterns.
Adjust the colors in the application and print again.

Solution 1
See the instruction manual supplied with the application.
Change the patterns in the application and print again.

Solution 2
<Cause 2> The colors may appear different depending on the halftone pattern.
Readjust to a darker color and print again.

Solution 1
Solution 2 Reload paper to change the feeding direction, then print again.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻠㻤㻝㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-09A
Shaded Patterns Are Not Printed in the Correct Color (Specified Color)
<Cause> The shaded pattern of the print data and the dither pattern of the printer are
interfering with one another.
Print again without specifying a shaded pattern in the application.

Solution 1

Solution 2 2. Click [Advanced Settings].
3. Change the [Halftones] setting.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻠㻤㻞㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-09C
Photographs and so on Are Printed in Different Colors from Those

Displayed on the Monitor
<Cause> The methods for adjusting the color on the screen (RGB) and in the printer (YMC) are
different. Therefore, the color on the screen may not be printed out exactly as it appears.

Solution 1 3. Click [Color Settings].
4. Display the [Matching] sheet.
5. Set [Matching Method] to [Perceptual [Monitor Color Matched]].

3. Click [Color Settings].
Solution 2 4. Display the [Matching] sheet.
5. Select [Gamma Adjustment] in [Matching Mode].
6. Change the gamma value for [Gamma].
The larger the value is, the darker in color the data is printed.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻠㻤㻟㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-09E
Fill Patterns and Borders Are Not Printed in the Correct Color (Specified
Color) Even When the Same Color Is Specified for Them
<Cause> A special process may be applied depending on the line width of the border so that
thin lines are printed clearly.

3. Click [Color Settings].
Solution 4. Display the [Matching] sheet.
5. Select [Gamma Adjustment] in [Matching Mode].
6. Change the gamma value for [Gamma].
The larger the value is, the darker in color the data is printed.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻠㻤㻠㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-09F
Square Areas That Cannot Be Seen on the Display Appear around Lines
or Text and Are Printed in a Different Color from the Other Areas
<Cause> A process that is different from the specified halftone process or color process may
be applied depending on the operating system or application.

3. Set [Gray Compensation] to [Always] or [Never].

3. Set [Halftones] to [Resolution], [High Resolution], or [Gradation].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻠㻤㻡㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-09H
Adjusting the Color and so on for Printing

This printer allows you to print with performing the following adjustments and corrections.
Adjusting the Toner Density Printing with Brightness and Contrast Adjusted
Adjusting the Color Matching the Color with the Screen
Adjusting Colors and Correcting Color Mismatches

(Calibration/Color Mismatch Correction)
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻠㻤㻢㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-09J
The Printing Position Is Skewed
<Cause 1> [Gutter] is specified.

Solution 2. Click [Gutter].
3. Set [Gutter] to "0."
<Cause 2> "Top Margin" and "Paper Position" in the application are not specified properly.
Specify the settings for "Top Margin" and "Paper Position" in the application properly.
Solution
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻠㻤㻣㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-09K
A Portion of the Page Is Not Printed (Printed Data Lies Outside Paper)
<Cause 1> The setting for the scaling factor is not appropriate.
1. Display the [Page Setup] sheet.

2. Clear the [Manual Scaling] check box.
Solution 1
If the [Manual Scaling] check box is cleared, the scale factor will be set according to [Page
Size] and [Output Size] automatically.

Solution 2
2. Select the [Manual Scaling] check box, then specify an appropriate scale factor according to the
paper size to be used.
<Cause 2> The position of the paper is incorrect.
Load the paper properly.

Solution
"Loading Paper"
<Cause 3> A document with no margins was printed.
Data is printed with a margin of 5 mm (10 mm for envelopes). Provide a margin around the data.
Solution 1
"Printable Area"

Solution 2 3. Set [Expand Print Region and Print] to [On].
Depending on the print data to be printed, the edge of paper may be missing partly during
printing or may blot during color printing.
<Cause 4> The loaded paper is smaller than the paper drawer or the paper size setting for the
job.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻠㻤㻤㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

Load paper that matches the paper size setting, or change the paper size setting to match the paper.
Solution "Loading Paper"
<Cause 5> When printing the following paper, the paper is loaded with an orientation (feed
direction) that differs from that of the paper drawer or the paper setting for the job.
A5 paper
Statement paper
Custom size paper with a width and length (height) between 127.0 and 215.9 mm
Load paper with the orientation (feed direction) that matches the paper setting, or change the setting of
the paper feed direction to match the paper.
Solution
"Loading Paper"
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻠㻤㻥㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-09L
Data Is Reduced and Printed
<Cause> The setting for the scaling factor is not appropriate.

2. Clear the [Manual Scaling] check box.
Solution 1
If the [Manual Scaling] check box is cleared, the scale factor will be set according to [Page
Size] and [Output Size] automatically.

Solution 2
2. Select the [Manual Scaling] check box, then specify an appropriate scale factor according to the
paper size to be used.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻠㻥㻜㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-09R
The Next Page Is Printed from Halfway across the Previous Page
<Cause> "Line Spacing" or "Lines/Page" in the application is not specified properly.
Specify the settings for "Line Spacing" or "Lines/Page" in the application so that the data fits in one page,
Solution and then print again.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻠㻥㻝㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-09S
Blank Paper Is Output (Nothing Is Printed on the Paper)
<Cause 1> The toner cartridges were installed with the sealing tape still attached.
Take the toner cartridges out of the printer, pull out the sealing tape, and reinstall the toner cartridges.
Solution
<Cause 2> Multiple sheets of paper are fed at a time.
Fan the paper thoroughly, and then align the edges of the stack properly on a hard, flat surface.
Solution
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻠㻥㻞㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-09U
The Overall Surface of the Paper Is Printed in a Particular Color

Solution
<Cause 2> A problem is occurring inside the printer.
When <Service Error> is displayed in the Printer Status Window, perform the solution using the procedure
Solution
in "When <Service Error> Is Displayed."
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻠㻥㻟㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-09W
The Flap of the Printed Envelope Sticks

<Cause 1> The envelope is inappropriate.
Replace the envelope with that which can be used with this printer.
Solution
"Usable Paper"
<Cause 2> Depending on the type of the envelopes or the operating environment (especially in
a high-humidity environment), the flaps may stick to the body of the envelopes.

Solution
2. )URPWKH>2SWLRQV@PHQXVHOHFW>'HYLFH6HWWLQJV@ĺ>3DSHU6RXUFH6HWWLQJV@
3. Select the [Perform Envelope Cling Prevention When Printing] check box.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻠㻥㻠㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-09X
Multiple Sheets of Paper Are Fed at a Time
<Cause> You are using paper which tends to be fed at a time.
Fan the paper thoroughly, and then align the edges of the stack properly on a hard, flat surface.
Solution
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻠㻥㻡㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-09Y
Printed Bar Codes Cannot Be Scanned
<Cause> Depending on the type or size of bar code, scanning may be difficult.
Set [Black] * in [Toner Density] in the printer driver to a lighter setting ([-2] or [-1]).
* Adjust the color used to print a bar code.
Solution 1
When printing with a lighter toner density, the print may come out faint.

3. Change the [Special Settings 1] setting.
Solution 2
Improving effectiveness for bar code printing increases in the following order.
>2II@ĺ>0RGH@ĺ>0RGH@ĺ>0RGH@ĺ>0RGH@ĺ>0RGH@
(Effect: Low) (Effect: High)
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻠㻥㻢㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-0A0
If You Cannot Solve a Problem

If the problem cannot be solved by referring to the e-Manual, contact your local authorized Canon dealer or Canon help
line ( "Office Locations").
Please have the following information ready when contacting the Canon:
Product name (LBP7100Cn/LBP7110Cw)
Serial number (see the following illustrations to find the location of the serial number.)
Place of purchase
Nature of the problem
Steps you have taken to solve the problem and the results
WARNING
If the machine makes strange noises or emits smoke or an odd odor
Turn OFF the power switch immediately, disconnect the power cord, and contact the Canon Customer Care Center. Do
not attempt to disassemble or repair the machine yourself.
IMPORTANT
If you attempt to repair the machine by yourself

It may void the limited warranty.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻠㻥㻣㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-0A1
Appendix
Points to Make Full Use of the Printer
Basic Operations/Various Information for Windows
For Windows 8/Server 2012 Users
For Macintosh Users
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻠㻥㻤㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-0A2
Points to Make Full Use of the Printer

You can maximize the use of the printer by familiarizing with software tasks and functions supplied with the printer.
Printer Driver
The printer driver is software allows you to control the printer with
the printing instructions from the computer.
The printer driver is equipped with a useful printing function and you
can use it with freely combining the settings.
<Pick Up>
Saving Paper Layout Printing (N-page Print)

Using Functions for Internal Adding a Watermark to a Document to Be Printed
Documents (Watermark Printing)
Being Particular About the Image Adjusting the Image Quality or Colors
Quality or Colors
The Printer Status Window is software allows you to check the

printer status, specify the settings for the printer unit, and so on.
The Printer Status Window is convenient because it simply notifies
the printer status such as paper jams, life of the toner cartridges,
and paper-out conditions with messages, animations, and so on.
<Pick Up>
Canceling a Job Canceling a Job Being Printed or Waiting to Be Printed from the
Computer
Periodical Cleaning Cleaning the Printer
Saving Power Energy-saving Mode
Consumption
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻠㻥㻥㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

Network Utilities
Useful utilities are available to perform the printer management and so

on.
Because the items you can manage differ depending on the software,
use the software according to your environment or the item you want
to manage.
Software That Can Be Used for Managing the

Printer
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻡㻜㻜㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-0A3
Basic Operations/Various Information for Windows

Displaying [Computer] or [My Computer]
Setting the IP Address Using the ARP/PING Command
Displaying the CD-ROM Top Page
Checking the IP Address Using the PING Command
Checking the Processor Version of Windows Vista, 7, or Server 2008
Printing a Test Page in Windows
Checking the Bi-directional Communication
Installing with Plug and Play
Displaying the Printer Folder
Checking Printers in the Print Server
Checking the Port
Values for Setting a Port
Setting for [Device Type] when Setting a Port
Displaying [Computer] or [My Computer]
From the [Start] menu, select [My Computer].
From the [Start] menu, select [Computer].
Setting the IP Address Using the ARP/PING Command
1
2
3
Run Command Prompt.
)URPWKH>6WDUW@PHQXVHOHFW>$OO3URJUDPV@ĺ>$FFHVVRULHV@ĺ>&RPPDQG3URPSW@
4
Enter "arp -s <IP address> <MAC address>", then press the [ENTER] key on your keyboard.
Enter the IP address to assign to the printer.

<IP address>
Specify the address with four numbers (from 0 to 255) separated with a period (.).
Enter the MAC address of the printer.

<MAC address>
Separate the number every two digits with a hyphen (-).
Input Example: "arp -s 192.168.0.215 00-1E-8F-05-70-31"

Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻡㻜㻝㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠
NOTE
Checking the MAC address

"Checking the MAC Address of the Printer"
5
Enter "ping <IP address> -l 479", then press the [ENTER] key on your keyboard.
<IP address> Enter the same IP address as the one entered in Step 4.
Enter a lowercase "L" for "-l".
Input Example: "ping 192.168.0.215 -l 479"
ĺ The IP address is set for the printer.

The subnet mask is set automatically according to the IP address.
The gateway address is set to [0.0.0.0].
6
Enter "exit", then press the [ENTER] key on your keyboard.
ĺ Command Prompt closes.
Displaying the CD-ROM Top Page

If the CD-ROM top page does not appear even after inserting the CD-ROM, perform the following procedure.
The CD-ROM drive name is indicated as "D:" in this manual. The CD-ROM drive name may differ depending on the
computer you are using.
1. From the [Start] menu, select [Run].

2. Enter "D:\English\MInst.exe."
3. Click [OK].
1. Enter "D:\English\MInst.exe" in [Search programs and files] or [Start Search] under the [Start] menu.
2. Press the [ENTER] key on the keyboard.
Checking the IP Address Using the PING Command
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻡㻜㻞㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

1
Run Command Prompt.
)URPWKH>6WDUW@PHQXVHOHFW>$OO3URJUDPV@ĺ>$FFHVVRULHV@ĺ>&RPPDQG3URPSW@
2
Enter "ping <the IP address of the printer>", then press the [ENTER] key on your keyboard.
Input Example: "ping 192.168.0.215"
Correctly enter the IP address which is set for the printer. If the wrong IP address is entered, you cannot obtain an
appropriate check result.
If you are not sure about the IP address of the printer, see "Checking the IP Address of the Printer."
3
Check the displayed result.
When "Packets: Sent = 4, Received = 4, Lost = 0 (0% loss)," is displayed

The IP address is set properly.
When "Packets: Sent = 4, Received = 0, Lost = 4 (100% loss)," is displayed
Ask your network administrator about the problem.
4
Enter "exit", and then press [ENTER] on the keyboard to exit Command Prompt.
NOTE
Checking and configuring the subnet

Enter "ipconfig" as a command in Command Prompt.
The network setting information of the computer appears. Confirm that the computer and printer are on the same subnet.
<Example>
Setting in a computer
Subnet mask: "255.255.255.0" The IP address of the printer needs to be "192.168.0.xxx". (xxx indicates an
IP Address: "192.168.0.10" arbitrary number.)
Checking the Processor Version of Windows Vista, 7, or Server 2008

If you are not sure whether you are using 32-bit Windows Vista/7/Server 2008 or 64-bit Windows Vista/7/Server 2008, you
can check that using the following procedure.
1
From the [Start] menu, select [Control Panel].
2
Display [System].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻡㻜㻟㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

&OLFN>6\VWHPDQG6HFXULW\@RU>6\VWHPDQG0DLQWHQDQFH@ĺ>6\VWHP@
Double-click [System].
3
Check the processor version.

[32-bit Operating System] is displayed.

[64-bit Operating System] is displayed.
Printing a Test Page in Windows

You can check the operations of the printer driver by printing a test page in Windows.
1
"Loading Paper"
2
"Displaying the Printer Folder"
3
up menu.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻡㻜㻠㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

4
Print a test page.
(1) Display the [General] sheet.

(2) Click [Print Test Page] to print a test page.
Checking the Bi-directional Communication
1
2
up menu.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻡㻜㻡㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

3
Check the bi-directional communication.

(2) Check the [Enable bidirectional support] check box is selected.
IMPORTANT
Do not clear the [Enable bidirectional support] check box.

If the check box is cleared, you cannot perform printing.
Installing with Plug and Play
If you are using Windows 7 or Server 2008 R2, install the printer driver in "Easy Installation."
(You may not be able to install the printer driver properly due to the Windows restriction even after detecting the printer
with Plug and Play.)
1
Connect the USB cable.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻡㻜㻢㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

2
Turn the printer ON.
3
ĺ The automatic setup screen of Plug and Play appears.
If the printer driver is installed automatically

If you installed the printer driver for this printer previously, the driver is installed automatically.
If you want to update the printer driver (or want to install it manually), install the printer driver after uninstalling it once.
If the following screen appears
You may not be able to install the printer driver properly due to the Windows restriction even after detecting the
printer with Plug and Play.
Click [Close], and then reinstall the printer driver in "Easy Installation."
4
Follow the on-screen instructions to install the printer driver.
NOTE
When selecting the folder in which the printer driver is included.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻡㻜㻣㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

Select one of the following folders.

Select the folders in the supplied CD-ROM: [English] - [32bit] - [Driver].

Select the folders in the supplied CD-ROM: [English] - [x64] - [Driver].
If you are not sure whether you are using 32-bit Windows Vista/Server 2008 or 64-bit Windows Vista/Server 2008,
see "Checking the Processor Version of Windows Vista, 7, or Server 2008."
If the screen for selecting the printer driver appears

Even if which printer driver is selected, there is no problem with the installation because the same printer driver is
installed.
Displaying the Printer Folder
From the [Start] menu, select [Printers and Faxes].
)URPWKH>6WDUW@PHQXVHOHFW>&RQWURO3DQHO@DQGWKHQFOLFN>3ULQWHUVDQG2WKHU+DUGZDUH@ĺ>3ULQWHUVDQG)D[HV@
From the [Start] menu, select [Control Panel], and then click [Printer].
From the [Start] menu, select [Devices and Printers].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻡㻜㻤㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

From the [Start] menu, select [Control Panel], and then double-click [Printers].
Checking Printers in the Print Server
1
Display [Windows Explorer].
)URPWKH>6WDUW@PHQXVHOHFW>$OO3URJUDPV@ĺ>$FFHVVRULHV@ĺ>:LQGRZV([SORUHU@
2
Check printers in the print server.
(1) Select the print server from [Network] or [My Network Places].
(2) Check the icon for this printer is displayed.
Checking the Port
1
2
up menu.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻡㻜㻥㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

3
Check a port.

(2) Check the port that is being used.
Values for Setting a Port

Depending on the method for setting the IP address of the printer, the value to be entered in [Printer Name or IP Address]
on the following screen displayed in the process of port setting varies.
If you want to set the IP address to be assigned to the printer manually (If you know the IP address
to use)
Enter the IP address in [Printer Name or IP Address].
"Checking the IP Address of the Printer"
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻡㻝㻜㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

If you want to set the IP address using the DNS server, specify the DNS settings for the printer. Then, enter the printer
name (the DNS name registered on the DNS server) within up to 78 characters in [Printer Name or IP Address].
For example, enter the printer name as "AAA.BBB.com" if you specified the host name as "AAA" and the domain name
as "BBB.com". However, enter "AAA.CCC.com" if you can obtain the domain name (CCC.com) simultaneously when
you obtain the IP address from DHCP and so on.
If you want to set the IP address to be assigned to the printer using DHCP and so on
Specify the settings such as the DHCP settings so that the same IP address is always assigned to the printer when you
start the printer. For more details, see "If you want to set the IP address to be assigned to the printer manually" above.
If a different IP address is assigned to the printer each time the printer starts, specify the DNS settings for the printer
first. Then, enter the printer name (the DNS name registered on the DNS server) within up to 78 characters in [Printer
Name or IP Address].
For example, enter the printer name as "AAA.BBB.com" if you specified the host name as "AAA" and the domain name
as "BBB.com". However, enter "AAA.CCC.com" if you can obtain the domain name (CCC.com) simultaneously when
you obtain the IP address from DHCP and so on.
NOTE
About the DNS settings

See "Configuring the Protocol Settings."
Setting for [Device Type] when Setting a Port

If the printer cannot be detected when setting a port, set [Device Type] as follows.
(1) Select [Standard], and then select [Canon Network Printing Device with P9100].
(2) Click [Next].
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻡㻝㻝㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-0A5
For Windows 8/Server 2012 Users

This printer supports Windows 8/Server 2012 operating system. For operation and description on Windows 8/Server 2012,
refer to Windows Vista/7 sections. This section describes notes on using this printer with Windows 8/Server 2012. Read
this section carefully before using the printer.
Precautions
Use the desktop mode when performing the followings.
Installing/Uninstalling the printer driver
Displaying the Printer Status Window
Setting the printer driver *
* Please note that the setting specified on the desktop may not be reflected to all Windows Store applications.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻡㻝㻞㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-0A6
For Macintosh Users

In the e-Manual, methods to operate in the Windows environment are explained as examples. To view how to use printer
drivers or utilities for Macintosh, see the "Printer Driver Guide for Macintosh."
Displaying the "Printer Driver Guide for Macintosh"

Double-click [index.html] in the [SFP] - [Documents] - [uk_eng] - [GUIDE] folder in the supplied CD-ROM.
Content of the e-Manual about Features that Are Unavailable on the Macintosh
Among the features explained in the e-Manual, the followings are unavailable on the Macintosh.
Contents Not Available for Macintosh Reference in the e-Manual
"Installing the e-Manual"

Installing and uninstalling the e-Manual
"Uninstalling the e-Manual"
Printer Status Window *1 "Printer Status Window"
Parts of the print setting items *2 "Useful Printing Functions"
Changing the default values for printing preferences "Changing the Default Values for Printing Preferences"
Notifying the printer of the time "Configuring the Protocol Settings"
Operating in the print server environment "If You Use the Printer in the Print Server Environment"
Deleting the USB class driver "Uninstalling the USB Class Driver"
*1 If you are using Macintosh, use the Statusmonitor. (For details on the Statusmonitor, see the "Printer Driver Guide for
Macintosh.")
*2 For items that you can specify in the printer driver for Macintosh, see the "Printer Driver Guide for Macintosh" or Help.
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻡㻝㻟㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

0F40-0A4
Office Locations
CANON INC.
30-2, Shimomaruko 3-chome, Ohta-ku, Tokyo 146-8501, Japan
CANON MARKETING JAPAN INC.

16-6, Konan 2-chome, Minato-ku, Tokyo 108-8011, Japan
CANON U.S.A., INC.

One Canon Park, Melville, NY 11747, U.S.A.
CANON EUROPA N.V.

Bovenkerkerweg 59, 1185 XB Amstelveen, The Netherlands
CANON CHINA CO. LTD.

15F Jinbao Building No.89, Jinbao Street, Dongcheng District, Beijing 100005, PRC
CANON SINGAPORE PTE LTD

1 HarbourFront Avenue, #04-01 Keppel Bay Tower, Singapore 098632
CANON AUSTRALIA PTY LTD

1 Thomas Holt Drive, North Ryde, Sydney NSW 2113, Australia
CANON GLOBAL WORLDWIDE SITES

http://www.canon.com/
Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻡㻝㻠㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠


LBP 7110 CW

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

LBP 7110 CW

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

LBP 7110 CW

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.

com Manuals 㻝㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻟㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻠㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻡㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻣㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

Before You Start

Using the e-Manual

Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻤㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

EMC requirements of EC Directive

CLASS 1 LASER PRODUCT

International ENERGY STAR Program

Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻥㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

IPv6 Ready Logo

Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻜㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻝㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

Using the e-Manual

How to Use the e-Manual

Installing the e-Manual

Uninstalling the e-Manual

Screen Layout of the e-Manual

Viewing the e-Manual

<To find the desired content>

Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻞㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

How to Use the e-Manual

Installing the e-Manual

Uninstalling the e-Manual

Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻟㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

Enabling the script function and cookies

Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻠㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

Installing the e-Manual

This function is not supported for Macintosh.

If the above screen does not appear

If the [AutoPlay] dialog box appears

If the [User Account Control] dialog box appears

Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻡㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

ĺ The installation starts.

Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻢㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

Displaying the e-Manual

Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻣㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

Perform the following procedure.

Displaying the e-Manual directly from the CD-ROM

Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻤㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

Uninstalling the e-Manual

This function is not supported for Macintosh.

If the above screen does not appear

If the [AutoPlay] dialog box appears

If the [User Account Control] dialog box appears

Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻝㻥㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻜㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻝㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

Screen Layout of the e-Manual

Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻞㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

(1) [Handling the Printer]

Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻟㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻠㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

(1) Chapter contents

Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻡㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠

Downloaded from ManualsPrinter.com Manuals 㻞㻢㻌㻛㻌㻡㻝㻠